1. DL manuals
  2. H3C
  3. Switch
  4. H3C S7500E Series
  5. Command Manual

H3C H3C S7500E Series Command Manual

Other manuals for H3C S7500E Series: Operation Manual, Installation Manual, Configuration Manual

Summary of H3C S7500E Series

  • Page 1

    H3c s7500e series ethernet switches command manual hangzhou h3c technologies co., ltd. Http://www.H3c.Com manual version: 20071025-c-1.0 1 product version: release 6000

  • Page 2

    Copyright © 2007, hangzhou h3c technologies co., ltd. And its licensors all rights reserved no part of this manual may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written consent of hangzhou h3c technologies co., ltd. Trademarks h3c, , aolynk, , h 3 care, , top g, , irf, n...

  • Page 3: About This Manual

    About this manual related documentation in addition to this manual, each h3c s7500e series ethernet switches documentation set includes the following: manual description h3c s7500e series ethernet switches operation manual it is used for assisting the users in data configurations and typical applica...

  • Page 4

    Part contents 11 ipv4 routing introduces the commands used for configuring ipv4 routing, static routing, rip, ospf, is-is, bgp, and route policy. 12 ipv6 routing introduces the commands used for configuring ipv6 routing, static routing, ripng, ospfv3, is-isv6, and bgp4+. 13 ipv6 configuration introd...

  • Page 5

    Part contents 30 ssh introduces the commands used for ssh and the related configuration. 31 poe introduces the commands used for poe. 32 rrpp introduces the commands used for rrpp. 33 appendix lists all the commands described in this command manual in an alphabetic order. The parts and pages where t...

  • Page 6

    Ii. Gui conventions convention description button names are inside angle brackets. For example, click . [ ] window names, menu items, data table and field names are inside square brackets. For example, pop up the [new user] window. / multi-level menus are separated by forward slashes. For example, [...

  • Page 7: Table of Contents

    Command manual – login h3c s7500e series ethernet switches table of contents i table of contents chapter 1 commands for logging into an ethernet switch ..................................................... 1-1 1.1 commands for logging into an ethernet switch ............................................

  • Page 8

    Command manual – login h3c s7500e series ethernet switches table of contents ii 2.1.1 acl............................................................................................................................ 2-1 2.1.2 snmp-agent community...........................................................

  • Page 9: Switch

    Command manual – login h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 commands for logging into an ethernet switch 1-1 chapter 1 commands for logging into an ethernet switch 1.1 commands for logging into an ethernet switch 1.1.1 activation-key syntax activation-key character undo activation-key view ...

  • Page 10

    Command manual – login h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 commands for logging into an ethernet switch 1-2 to verify the configuration, do the following: # exit the terminal session on the aux port, and enter at the prompt of “please press enter”. You will see the terminal session being s...

  • Page 11

    Command manual – login h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 commands for logging into an ethernet switch 1-3 related configuration. Refer to the aaa-radius-hwtacacs module of this manual for more. Z if this command is executed with the command-authorization keywords specified, authorization...

  • Page 12

    Command manual – login h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 commands for logging into an ethernet switch 1-4 description use the auto-execute command command to set the command that is executed automatically after a user logs in. Use the undo auto-execute command command to disable the spec...

  • Page 13

    Command manual – login h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 commands for logging into an ethernet switch 1-5 view aux interface view parameters 5 : five data bits. 6 : six data bits. 7 : seven data bits. 8 : eight data bits. Description use the databits command to set the databits for the u...

  • Page 14

    Command manual – login h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 commands for logging into an ethernet switch 1-6 description use the display telnet client configuration command to display the source ip address or source interface configured for the current device. Example # display the source i...

  • Page 15

    Command manual – login h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 commands for logging into an ethernet switch 1-7 f : current user-interface is active and work in async mode. Idx : absolute index of user-interface. Type : type and relative index of user-interface. Privi: the privilege of user-in...

  • Page 16

    Command manual – login h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 commands for logging into an ethernet switch 1-8 examples # display the information about the current user interface. Display users the user application information of the user interface(s): idx ui delay type userlevel 1 vty 0 00:1...

  • Page 19

    Command manual – login h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 commands for logging into an ethernet switch 1-11 1.1.10 free user-interface syntax free user-interface [ type ] number view user view parameters type : user interface type. Number : absolute user interface index or relative user i...

  • Page 20

    Command manual – login h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 commands for logging into an ethernet switch 1-12 parameters value : size of the history command buffer. This argument ranges from 0 to 256 and defaults to 10. That is, the history command buffer can store 10 commands by default. D...

  • Page 21

    Command manual – login h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 commands for logging into an ethernet switch 1-13 examples # set the timeout time of aux 0 to 1 minute. System-view system view: return to user view with ctrl+z. [sysname] user-interface aux 0 [sysname-ui-aux0] idle-timeout 1 0 1.1...

  • Page 23

    Command manual – login h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 commands for logging into an ethernet switch 1-15 description use the modem auto-answer command to configure the switch-side modem to operate in the auto-answer mode. Use the undo modem auto-answer command to restore the default. B...

  • Page 25

    Command manual – login h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 commands for logging into an ethernet switch 1-17 view vty interface view parameters all : supports both telnet protocol and ssh protocol. Ssh : supports ssh protocol. Telnet : supports telnet protocol. Description use the protocol...

  • Page 26

    Command manual – login h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 commands for logging into an ethernet switch 1-18 parameters screen-length : number of lines the screen can contain. This argument ranges from 0 to 512 and defaults to 24. Description use the screen-length command to set the number...

  • Page 27

    Command manual – login h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 commands for logging into an ethernet switch 1-19 examples # send messages to all user interfaces. Send all enter message, end with ctrl+z or enter; abort with ctrl+c: hello^z send message? [y/n]y *** *** ***message from vty0 to vt...

  • Page 28

    Command manual – login h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 commands for logging into an ethernet switch 1-20 commands fall into four command levels: visit, monitor, system, and manage, which are described as follows: z visit level: commands of this level are used to diagnose network and ch...

  • Page 29

    Command manual – login h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 commands for logging into an ethernet switch 1-21 undo set authentication password view user interface view parameters cipher : specifies to display the local password in encrypted text when you display the current configuration. S...

  • Page 30

    Command manual – login h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 commands for logging into an ethernet switch 1-22 1.1.23 shell syntax shell undo shell view user interface view parameters none description use the shell command to make terminal services available for the user interface. Use the u...

  • Page 31

    Command manual – login h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 commands for logging into an ethernet switch 1-23 view aux interface view parameters speed-value : transmission speed (in bps). This argument can be 300, 600, 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19,200, 38,400, 57,600, 115,200 and defaults to ...

  • Page 32

    Command manual – login h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 commands for logging into an ethernet switch 1-24 description use the stopbits command to set the stop bits of the user interface. Use the undo stopbits command to revert to the default stop bits. By default, the stop bits is 1. No...

  • Page 34

    Command manual – login h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 commands for logging into an ethernet switch 1-26 1.1.28 telnet ipv6 syntax telnet ipv6 remote-system [ -i interface-type interface-number ] [ port-number ] view user view parameters remote-system : ipv6 address or host name of the...

  • Page 35

    Command manual – login h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 commands for logging into an ethernet switch 1-27 view system view parameters none description use the telnet client source command to specify the source ip address or source interface for the telnet packets to be sent. Use the und...

  • Page 36

    Command manual – login h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 commands for logging into an ethernet switch 1-28 examples # make the switch to operate as a telnet server. System-view [sysname] telnet server enable % start telnet server # disable the switch from operating as a telnet server. [s...

  • Page 37

    Command manual – login h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 commands for logging into an ethernet switch 1-29 1.1.32 user-interface syntax user-interface [ type ] first - number [ last-number ] view system view parameters type : user interface type. First-number : user interface index, whic...

  • Page 38

    Command manual – login h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 commands for logging into an ethernet switch 1-30 use the undo user privilege level command to revert to the default command level. By default, the commands of level 3 are available to the users logging into the aux user interface....

  • Page 43

    Command manual – login h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 commands for controlling login users 2-5 description use the snmp-agent usm-user command to add a user to a specified snmp group. You can also optionally use this command to apply an acl to filter network management users. Use the ...

  • Page 44: Table of Contents

    Command manual – vlan h3c s7500e series ethernet switches table of contents i table of contents chapter 1 vlan configuration commands................................................................................ 1-1 1.1 vlan configuration commands......................................................

  • Page 45

    Command manual – vlan h3c s7500e series ethernet switches table of contents ii 3.1.4 voice vlan aging....................................................................................................... 3-4 3.1.5 voice vlan enable ......................................................................

  • Page 46

    Command manual – vlan h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 vlan configuration commands 1-1 chapter 1 vlan configuration commands 1.1 vlan configuration commands 1.1.1 description syntax description text undo description view vlan view/vlan interface view parameters text : string that descri...

  • Page 47

    Command manual – vlan h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 vlan configuration commands 1-2 1.1.2 display interface vlan-interface syntax display interface vlan-interface [ vlan-interface-id ] view any view parameters vlan-interface-id : vlan interface id. Description use the display interfa...

  • Page 49

    Command manual – vlan h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 vlan configuration commands 1-4 # display vlan 3 information. Display vlan 3 vlan id: 3 vlan type: static route interface: configured ip address: 1.1.1.1 subnet mask: 255.255.255.0 description: vlan 0003 tagged ports: none untagged ...

  • Page 50

    Command manual – vlan h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 vlan configuration commands 1-5 description use the interface vlan-interface command to enter the specified vlan interface view. Use the undo interface vlan-interface command to delete the specified vlan interface. The vlan interfac...

  • Page 51

    Command manual – vlan h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 vlan configuration commands 1-6 normally, a vlan interface has one ip address. To enable a device to connect to multiple subnets through a vlan, you can assign multiple ip addresses to a vlan interface, among which one is the primar...

  • Page 52

    Command manual – vlan h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 vlan configuration commands 1-7 you can use the undo shutdown command to bring up a vlan interface after configurations of the related parameter and protocol. When there is a fault in a vlan interface, you can use the shutdown comma...

  • Page 53

    Command manual – vlan h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 vlan configuration commands 1-8 note: z as the default vlan, vlan 1 cannot be created, or removed. Z you cannot create/remove reserved vlans that are reserved for specific function implementation. Z dynamic vlans cannot be removed u...

  • Page 54

    Command manual – vlan h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 vlan configuration commands 1-9 description use the port command to add one access port or a group of access ports to a vlan. Use the undo port command to remove one access port or a group of access ports from a vlan. Note: z this c...

  • Page 55

    Command manual – vlan h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 vlan configuration commands 1-10 examples # add ethernet 2/0/1 to vlan 3. System-view [sysname] vlan 3 [sysname-vlan3] quit [sysname] interface ethernet 2/0/1 [sysname-ethernet2/0/1] port access vlan 3 1.2.3 port hybrid pvid vlan sy...

  • Page 57

    Command manual – vlan h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 vlan configuration commands 1-12 [sysname] port-group manual 2 [sysname-port-group-manual-2] group-member ethernet 2/0/1 to ethernet 2/0/6 [sysname-port-group-manual-2] port link-type hybrid [sysname-port-group-manual-2] port hybrid...

  • Page 58

    Command manual – vlan h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 vlan configuration commands 1-13 examples # configure ethernet 2/0/1 to be a trunk port. System-view [sysname] interface ethernet 2/0/1 [sysname-ethernet2/0/1] port link-type trunk # configure all the ports in the manual port group ...

  • Page 59

    Command manual – vlan h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 vlan configuration commands 1-14 examples # add the trunk port ethernet 2/0/1 to vlan 2, vlan 4, and the range of vlans from vlan 50 to vlan 100. System-view [sysname] interface ethernet 2/0/1 [sysname-ethernet2/0/1] port link-type ...

  • Page 60

    Command manual – vlan h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 vlan configuration commands 1-15 [sysname-ethernet2/0/1] port trunk pvid vlan 100 1.3 protocol-based vlan configuration commands 1.3.1 display protocol-vlan interface syntax display protocol-vlan interface { interface-type interface...

  • Page 63

    Command manual – vlan h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 vlan configuration commands 1-18 examples # associate the hybrid port ethernet 2/0/1, with protocol 0 in vlan 2. System-view [sysname] vlan 2 [sysname-vlan2] protocol-vlan at [sysname] interface ethernet 2/0/1 [sysname-ethernet2/0/1...

  • Page 64

    Command manual – vlan h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 vlan configuration commands 1-19 inbound packets, in the range 0x0600 to 0xffff (excluding ipx snap under the snap encapsulation format). Protocol-index : beginning protocol index, in the range 0 to 15. The system will automatically...

  • Page 65

    Command manual – vlan h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 vlan configuration commands 1-20 caution: due to the close relationship between ipv4 and arp, it is recommended to bind the two protocols to the same vlan and associate the binding to related ports to guarantee normal communication....

  • Page 66

    Command manual – vlan h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 vlan configuration commands 1-21 vlan id subnet-index ip address net mask ======================================================= 3 0 192.168.1.0 255.255.255.0 table 1-4 description on the fields of the display ip-subnet-vlan interf...

  • Page 67

    Command manual – vlan h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 vlan configuration commands 1-22 table 1-5 description on the fields of the display ip-subnet-vlan vlan command field description vlan id vlan id subnet index subnet index ip address ip address of the subnet (can be an ip address or...

  • Page 68

    Command manual – vlan h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 vlan configuration commands 1-23 examples # configure vlan 3 to be an ip-subnet-based vlan. Associate it with the 192.168.1.0/24 network segment. System-view [sysname] vlan 3 [sysname-vlan3] ip-subnet-vlan ip 192.168.1.0 255.255.255...

  • Page 69

    Command manual – vlan h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 vlan configuration commands 1-24 [sysname] interface ethernet 2/0/1 [sysname-ethernet2/0/1] port link-type hybrid [sysname-ethernet2/0/1] port hybrid vlan 3 untagged please wait... Done. [sysname-ethernet2/0/1] port hybrid ip-subnet...

  • Page 70: Commands

    Command manual – vlan h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 isolate-user-vlan configuration commands 2-1 chapter 2 isolate-user-vlan configuration commands 2.1 isolate-user-vlan configuration commands 2.1.1 display isolate-user-vlan syntax display isolate-user-vlan [ isolate-user-vlan-id ] v...

  • Page 71

    Command manual – vlan h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 isolate-user-vlan configuration commands 2-2 vlan id: 3 vlan type: static isolate-user-vlan type : secondary route interface: configured ip address: 2.2.2.2 subnet mask: 255.255.255.0 description: vlan 0003 broadcast max-ratio: 100%...

  • Page 72

    Command manual – vlan h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 isolate-user-vlan configuration commands 2-3 2.1.2 isolate-user-vlan syntax isolate-user-vlan isolate-user-vlan-id secondary secondary-vlan-id-list undo isolate-user-vlan isolate-user-vlan-id [ secondary secondary-vlan-id-list ] vie...

  • Page 73

    Command manual – vlan h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 isolate-user-vlan configuration commands 2-4 note: after the mapping between the isolate-user-vlan and the secondary vlans is created, no port can be added to or deleted from either the isolate-user-vlan or the secondary vlan(s). On...

  • Page 74

    Command manual – vlan h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 isolate-user-vlan configuration commands 2-5 an isolate-user-vlan may include multiple ports, including those that are connected to upstream devices. Related commands: display isolate-user-vlan . Examples # configure vlan 5 to be an...

  • Page 75

    Command manual – vlan h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 voice vlan configuration commands 3-1 chapter 3 voice vlan configuration commands 3.1 voice vlan configuration commands 3.1.1 display voice vlan oui syntax display voice vlan oui view any view parameters none description use the dis...

  • Page 76

    Command manual – vlan h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 voice vlan configuration commands 3-2 table 3-1 description on the fields of the display voice vlan oui command field description oui address oui addresses that are allowed to pass mask mask of the oui addresses that are allowed to ...

  • Page 77

    Command manual – vlan h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 voice vlan configuration commands 3-3 table 3-2 description on the fields of the display voice vlan state command field description voice vlan status the current voice vlan status, that is, whether it is enabled or disabled. Voice v...

  • Page 78

    Command manual – vlan h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 voice vlan configuration commands 3-4 examples # enable the voice vlan feature on vlan 2 (assuming that vlan 2 already exists). System-view [sysname] voice vlan 2 enable 3.1.4 voice vlan aging syntax voice vlan aging minutes undo vo...

  • Page 79

    Command manual – vlan h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 voice vlan configuration commands 3-5 view ethernet port view parameters none description use the voice vlan enable command to enable the voice vlan feature on an ethernet port. Use the undo voice vlan enable command to disable the ...

  • Page 80

    Command manual – vlan h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 voice vlan configuration commands 3-6 description text : specifies a string that describes the oui address. The string is of 1 to 30 characters and is case sensitive. Oui : deletes an oui address that is in the format h-h-h, such as...

  • Page 81

    Command manual – vlan h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 voice vlan configuration commands 3-7 0001-e300-0000 ffff-ff00-0000 siemens phone 0003-6b00-0000 ffff-ff00-0000 cisco phone 0004-0d00-0000 ffff-ff00-0000 avaya phone 0060-b900-0000 ffff-ff00-0000 philips/nec phone 00d0-1e00-0000 fff...

  • Page 82

    Command manual – vlan h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 voice vlan configuration commands 3-8 3.1.8 voice vlan security enable syntax voice vlan security enable undo voice vlan security enable view system view parameters none description use the voice vlan security enable command to enab...

  • Page 83

    Command manual – vlan h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 garp/gvrp configuration commands 4-1 chapter 4 garp/gvrp configuration commands 4.1 garp configuration commands 4.1.1 display garp statistics syntax display garp statistics [ interface interface-list ] view any view parameters inter...

  • Page 84

    Command manual – vlan h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 garp/gvrp configuration commands 4-2 4.1.2 display garp timer syntax display garp timer [ interface interface-list ] view any view parameters interface interface-list : specifies an ethernet port list, in the format of { interface-t...

  • Page 85

    Command manual – vlan h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 garp/gvrp configuration commands 4-3 parameters hold : sets the hold timer. Join : sets the join timer. Leave : sets the leave timer. Timer-value : timer setting (in centiseconds), which must be a multiple of 5 centiseconds. Descrip...

  • Page 86

    Command manual – vlan h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 garp/gvrp configuration commands 4-4 system-view [sysname] interface ethernet 2/0/1 [sysname-ethernet2/0/1] garp timer join 25 4.1.4 garp timer leaveall syntax garp timer leaveall timer-value undo garp timer leaveall view system vie...

  • Page 87

    Command manual – vlan h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 garp/gvrp configuration commands 4-5 4.1.5 reset garp statistics syntax reset garp statistics [ interface interface-list ] view user view parameters interface interface-list : specifies an ethernet port list, in the format of { inte...

  • Page 88

    Command manual – vlan h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 garp/gvrp configuration commands 4-6 description use the display gvrp local-vlan interface command to display the local vlan information maintained by gvrp on a port. Examples # display the local vlan information maintained by gvrp ...

  • Page 89

    Command manual – vlan h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 garp/gvrp configuration commands 4-7 view any view parameters interface interface-list : specifies an ethernet port list, in the format of { interface-type interface-number [ to interface-type interface-number ] }&, where & means th...

  • Page 90

    Command manual – vlan h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 garp/gvrp configuration commands 4-8 4.2.4 display gvrp status syntax display gvrp status view any view parameters none description use the display gvrp status command to display the global enable/disable state of gvrp. Examples # d...

  • Page 91

    Command manual – vlan h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 garp/gvrp configuration commands 4-9 operations of creating vlan : 2-100 operations of deleting vlan : none operations of adding vlan to trunk : 2-100 operations of deleting vlan from trunk : none 4.2.6 gvrp syntax gvrp undo gvrp vi...

  • Page 93

    Command manual – vlan h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 garp/gvrp configuration commands 4-11 examples # set the gvrp registration type to fixed on port ethernet 2/0/1. System-view [sysname] interface ethernet 2/0/1 [sysname-ethernet2/0/1] port link-type trunk [sysname-ethernet2/0/1] gvr...

  • Page 94: Table of Contents

    Command manual – ip addressing and performance h3c s7500e series ethernet switches table of contents i table of contents chapter 1 ip addressing configuration commands ................................................................. 1-1 1.1 ip addressing configuration commands ........................

  • Page 95: Commands

    Command manual – ip addressing and performance h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ip addressing configuration commands 1-1 chapter 1 ip addressing configuration commands 1.1 ip addressing configuration commands 1.1.1 display ip interface syntax display ip interface [ interface-type interf...

  • Page 96

    Command manual – ip addressing and performance h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ip addressing configuration commands 1-2 unreachable: 0 source quench: 0 routing redirect: 0 echo request: 0 router advert: 0 router solicit: 0 time exceed: 0 ip header bad: 0 timestamp request: 0 timestamp ...

  • Page 97

    Command manual – ip addressing and performance h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ip addressing configuration commands 1-3 field description icmp packet input number: 0 echo reply: 0 unreachable: 0 source quench: 0 routing redirect: 0 echo request: 0 router advert: 0 router solicit: 0 tim...

  • Page 98

    Command manual – ip addressing and performance h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ip addressing configuration commands 1-4 without the interface type and interface number specified, the information about all layer 3 interfaces is displayed; with only the interface type specified, the info...

  • Page 99

    Command manual – ip addressing and performance h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ip addressing configuration commands 1-5 mask : subnet mask in dotted decimal notation. Mask-length : subnet mask length, the number of consecutive ones in the mask. Sub : secondary ip address for the interf...

  • Page 101

    Command manual – ip addressing and performance h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 ip performance configuration commands 2-2 flag: u:useable g:gateway h:host b:blackhole d:dynamic s:static r:reject l:generated by arp or esis destination/mask nexthop flag timestamp interface token 10.2.0.0/...

  • Page 102

    Command manual – ip addressing and performance h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 ip performance configuration commands 2-3 10.2.0.0/16 0.0.0.0 u t[1150900568] vlan1 invalid 10.2.1.1/32 127.0.0.1 hu t[1150900568] inloop0 invalid # display all entries that contain the string 127 and start ...

  • Page 103

    Command manual – ip addressing and performance h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 ip performance configuration commands 2-4 longer : displays fib entries that match the specified address/mask and have masks longer than or equal to the mask that a user enters. If no masks are specified, fi...

  • Page 104

    Command manual – ip addressing and performance h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 ip performance configuration commands 2-5 table 2-2 description on the fields of the display fib statistics command field description route entry count number of fib entries 2.1.4 display icmp statistics syn...

  • Page 105

    Command manual – ip addressing and performance h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 ip performance configuration commands 2-6 table 2-3 description on the fields of the display icmp statistics command field description bad formats number of input wrong format packets bad checksum number of ...

  • Page 106

    Command manual – ip addressing and performance h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 ip performance configuration commands 2-7 examples # display all socket information. Display ip socket sock_stream: task = vtyd(60), socketid = 1, proto = 6, la = 0.0.0.0:23, fa = 0.0.0.0:0, sndbuf = 8192, r...

  • Page 107

    Command manual – ip addressing and performance h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 ip performance configuration commands 2-8 socket state = ss_priv task = trap(71), socketid = 1, proto = 17, la = 0.0.0.0:1025, fa = 0.0.0.0:0, sndbuf = 9216, rcvbuf = 0, sb_cc = 0, rb_cc = 0, socket option =...

  • Page 108

    Command manual – ip addressing and performance h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 ip performance configuration commands 2-9 field description sb_cc current data size in the sending buffer (it is available only for tcp that can buffer data) rb_cc data size currently in the receiving buffer...

  • Page 109

    Command manual – ip addressing and performance h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 ip performance configuration commands 2-10 table 2-5 description on the fields of the display ip statistics command field description sum total number of packets received local total number of packets with d...

  • Page 110

    Command manual – ip addressing and performance h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 ip performance configuration commands 2-11 related commands: display tcp status , reset tcp statistics . Examples # display statistics of tcp traffic. Display tcp statistics received packets: total: 753 pack...

  • Page 111

    Command manual – ip addressing and performance h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 ip performance configuration commands 2-12 table 2-6 description on the fields of the display tcp statistics command field description total total number of packets received packets in sequence number of pac...

  • Page 112

    Command manual – ip addressing and performance h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 ip performance configuration commands 2-13 field description keepalive timeout number of keepalive timer timeouts keepalive probe number of keepalive probe packets sent keepalive timeout, so connections disc...

  • Page 113

    Command manual – ip addressing and performance h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 ip performance configuration commands 2-14 table 2-7 description on the fields of the display tcp status command field description * if the status information of a tcp connection contains *, the tcp adopts t...

  • Page 114

    Command manual – ip addressing and performance h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 ip performance configuration commands 2-15 table 2-8 description on the fields of the display udp statistics command field description total total number of udp packets received checksum error total number o...

  • Page 115

    Command manual – ip addressing and performance h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 ip performance configuration commands 2-16 use the undo ip forward-broadcast command to disable an interface from forwarding directed broadcasts. By default, an interface is disabled from forwarding directed...

  • Page 116

    Command manual – ip addressing and performance h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 ip performance configuration commands 2-17 view system view parameters none description use the ip redirects enable command to enable sending icmp redirection packets. Use the undo ip redirects command to di...

  • Page 117

    Command manual – ip addressing and performance h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 ip performance configuration commands 2-18 [sysname] undo ip ttl-expires the function is disabled! 2.1.14 ip unreachables enable syntax ip unreachables enable undo ip unreachables view system view parameters...

  • Page 118

    Command manual – ip addressing and performance h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 ip performance configuration commands 2-19 description use the reset ip statistics command to clear statistics of ip packets. Related commands: display ip interface , display ip statistics . Examples # clear...

  • Page 119

    Command manual – ip addressing and performance h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 ip performance configuration commands 2-20 examples # display statistics of udp traffic. Reset udp statistics 2.1.18 tcp timer fin-timeout syntax tcp timer fin-timeout time-value undo tcp timer fin-timeout v...

  • Page 120

    Command manual – ip addressing and performance h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 ip performance configuration commands 2-21 parameters time-value : length of the tcp finwait timer in seconds, ranging from 2 to 600. Description use the tcp timer syn-timeout command to configure the length...

  • Page 121: Table of Contents

    Command manual – qinq-bpdu tunneling h3c s7500e series ethernet switches table of contents i table of contents chapter 1 qinq configuration commands................................................................................. 1-1 1.1 qinq configuration commands......................................

  • Page 122

    Command manual – qinq-bpdu tunneling h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 qinq configuration commands 1-1 chapter 1 qinq configuration commands 1.1 qinq configuration commands 1.1.1 classifier behavior syntax classifier classifier-name behavior behavior-name undo classifier classifier-name ...

  • Page 123

    Command manual – qinq-bpdu tunneling h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 qinq configuration commands 1-2 1.1.2 if-match customer-vlan-id syntax if-match customer-vlan-id vlan-id-list undo if-match customer-vlan-id vlan-id-list view class view parameters vlan-id-list : customer vlan ids. Yo...

  • Page 124

    Command manual – qinq-bpdu tunneling h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 qinq configuration commands 1-3 related commands: qos policy , traffic behavior . Examples # configure the action of creating outer vlan tag 100 for the traffic behavior database . System-view [sysname] traffic behavi...

  • Page 125

    Command manual – qinq-bpdu tunneling h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 qinq configuration commands 1-4 [sysname-ethernet2/0/2] interface ethernet 2/0/3 [sysname-ethernet2/0/3] port link-aggregation group 1 [sysname-ethernet2/0/3] quit [sysname] port-group aggregation 1 [sysname-port-grou...

  • Page 126

    Command manual – qinq-bpdu tunneling h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 qinq configuration commands 1-5 description use the qinq ethernet-type customer-tag command to configure the tpid value of the customer network vlan tags. Use the undo qinq ethernet-type customer-tag command to restor...

  • Page 127

    Command manual – qinq-bpdu tunneling h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 qinq configuration commands 1-6 1.1.7 qos apply policy syntax qos apply policy policy-name inbound undo qos apply policy inbound view ethernet port view, port group view parameters inbound : applies the specified poli...

  • Page 128

    Command manual – qinq-bpdu tunneling h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 qinq configuration commands 1-7 view system view parameters policy-name : policy name, a string of 1 to 31 characters. Description use the qos policy command to create a policy. This command also leads you to policy v...

  • Page 130: Commands

    Command manual – qinq-bpdu tunneling h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 bpdu tunneling configuration commands 2-1 chapter 2 bpdu tunneling configuration commands 2.1 bpdu tunneling configuration commands 2.1.1 bpdu-tunnel dot1q stp syntax bpdu-tunnel dot1q stp undo bpdu-tunnel dot1q stp v...

  • Page 131

    Command manual – qinq-bpdu tunneling h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 bpdu tunneling configuration commands 2-2 system-view [sysname] link-aggregation group 1 mode manual [sysname] interface ethernet 2/0/2 [sysname-ethernet2/0/2] port link-aggregation group 1 [sysname-ethernet2/0/2] int...

  • Page 132

    Command manual – qinq-bpdu tunneling h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 bpdu tunneling configuration commands 2-3 [sysname] interface ethernet 2/0/1 [sysname-ethernet2/0/1] bpdu-tunnel dot1q enable # enable bpdu tunneling on all the ports in port group 1. System-view [sysname] link-aggreg...

  • Page 133: Table of Contents

    Command manual – port correlation configuration h3c s7500e series ethernet switches table of contents i table of contents chapter 1 ethernet port configuration commands................................................................... 1-1 1.1 ethernet port configuration commands.......................

  • Page 135

    Command manual – port correlation configuration h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ethernet port configuration commands 1-2 note: do not use the broadcast-suppression command along with the storm-constrain command. Otherwise, the multicast storm suppression ratio configured may get invali...

  • Page 136

    Command manual – port correlation configuration h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ethernet port configuration commands 1-3 examples # configure the description of port ethernet 2/0/1 as lanswitch-interface . System-view [sysname] interface ethernet 2/0/1 [sysname-ethernet2/0/1] descripti...

  • Page 137

    Command manual – port correlation configuration h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ethernet port configuration commands 1-4 examples # display brief information of port(s). Display brief interface the brief information of interface(s) under route mode: interface link protocol-link protoco...

  • Page 138

    Command manual – port correlation configuration h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ethernet port configuration commands 1-5 field description protocol-link port protocol link state, which can be up or down protocol type port protocol type main ip main ip the brief information of interface...

  • Page 139

    Command manual – port correlation configuration h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ethernet port configuration commands 1-6 z if both port type and port number are specified, then only information of the specified port will be displayed. Related commands: interface . Examples # display th...

  • Page 140

    Command manual – port correlation configuration h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ethernet port configuration commands 1-7 table 1-3 description on the fields of the display interface command (in bridge mode) field description ethernet2/0/1 current state current physical link state of th...

  • Page 141

    Command manual – port correlation configuration h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ethernet port configuration commands 1-8 field description last 300 seconds input average input rate over the last 300 seconds,; among which: z packets/sec indicates the average input rate in terms of the a...

  • Page 142

    Command manual – port correlation configuration h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ethernet port configuration commands 1-9 description use the display loopback-detection command to display loopback detection information on a port if loopback detection is already enabled, this command wil...

  • Page 143

    Command manual – port correlation configuration h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ethernet port configuration commands 1-10 z if you provide the all keyword, this command displays the details for all manual port groups, including their names and the ethernet ports included. Z absence of ...

  • Page 144

    Command manual – port correlation configuration h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ethernet port configuration commands 1-11 description use the display storm-constrain command to display the information about storm constrain. If you provide no argument or keyword, this command displays t...

  • Page 146

    Command manual – port correlation configuration h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ethernet port configuration commands 1-13 view ethernet port view parameters none description use the flow-control command to enable flow control on an ethernet port. Use the undo flow-control command to di...

  • Page 147

    Command manual – port correlation configuration h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ethernet port configuration commands 1-14 examples # set the interval for collecting statistics to 100 seconds on ethernet 2/0/1. System-view [sysname] interface ethernet 2/0/1 [sysname-ethernet2/0/1] flow-...

  • Page 148

    Command manual – port correlation configuration h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ethernet port configuration commands 1-15 parameters interface-type interface-number : port type and port number. Description use the interface command to enter the related port view. Examples # enter ether...

  • Page 149

    Command manual – port correlation configuration h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ethernet port configuration commands 1-16 note: if you execute the jumboframe enable command repeatedly, the latest configuration takes effect. Examples # enable jumbo frames under 1560 bytes to pass throug...

  • Page 150

    Command manual – port correlation configuration h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ethernet port configuration commands 1-17 examples # set the up/down suppression time of the physical connection of an ethernet port to 8 seconds. System-view [sysname] interface ethernet 2/0/1 [sysname-eth...

  • Page 151

    Command manual – port correlation configuration h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ethernet port configuration commands 1-18 1.1.16 loopback-detection control enable syntax loopback-detection control enable undo loopback-detection control enable view ethernet port view parameters none des...

  • Page 152

    Command manual – port correlation configuration h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ethernet port configuration commands 1-19 undo loopback-detection enable view system view, ethernet port view parameters none description use the loopback-detection enable command to enable loopback detecti...

  • Page 153

    Command manual – port correlation configuration h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ethernet port configuration commands 1-20 1.1.18 loopback-detection interval-time syntax loopback-detection interval-time time undo loopback-detection interval-time view system view parameters time : time i...

  • Page 154

    Command manual – port correlation configuration h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ethernet port configuration commands 1-21 use the undo loopback-detection per-vlan enable command to enable loopback detection in the default vlan with trunk ports or hybrid ports. By default, loopback dete...

  • Page 156

    Command manual – port correlation configuration h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ethernet port configuration commands 1-23 note: z if a suppression ratio is set in global configuration mode or in port configuration mode, the suppression ratio which first satisfies the condition takes ef...

  • Page 157

    Command manual – port correlation configuration h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ethernet port configuration commands 1-24 aggregation agg-id : number of the specified port aggregation group. The specified port aggregation group must already exist. You can use the display link-aggregati...

  • Page 158

    Command manual – port correlation configuration h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ethernet port configuration commands 1-25 examples # clear the statistics on ethernet 2/0/1. Reset counters interface ethernet 2/0/1 1.1.24 shutdown syntax shutdown undo shutdown view ethernet port view par...

  • Page 159

    Command manual – port correlation configuration h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ethernet port configuration commands 1-26 view ethernet port view parameters 10 : specifies the port rate as 10 mbps. 100 : specifies the port rate as 100 mbps. 1000 : specifies the port rate as 1,000 mbps....

  • Page 160

    Command manual – port correlation configuration h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ethernet port configuration commands 1-27 parameters all : disables the storm constrain function for all types of packets (that is, multicast packets, and broadcast packets). Broadcast : enables/disables th...

  • Page 161

    Command manual – port correlation configuration h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ethernet port configuration commands 1-28 view ethernet port view parameters block : blocks the traffic of a specific type on a port when the traffic detected exceeds the upper threshold. Shutdown : shuts d...

  • Page 162

    Command manual – port correlation configuration h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ethernet port configuration commands 1-29 corresponding threshold or the traffic drops down below the lower threshold after exceeding the upper threshold. Use the undo storm-constrain enable log command to ...

  • Page 163

    Command manual – port correlation configuration h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ethernet port configuration commands 1-30 1.1.30 storm-constrain interval syntax storm-constrain interval seconds undo storm-constrain interval view system view parameters seconds : interval for generating ...

  • Page 164

    Command manual – port correlation configuration h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ethernet port configuration commands 1-31 parameters ratio : maximum ratio of unicast traffic to the total transmission capability of an ethernet port, in the range of 1 to 100. The smaller the ratio is, th...

  • Page 165

    Command manual – port correlation configuration h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ethernet port configuration commands 1-32 [sysname-port-group manual group1] group-member ethernet 2/0/3 [sysname-port-group manual group1] unicast-suppression 20

  • Page 166

    Command manual – port correlation configuration h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 port isolation configuration commands 2-1 chapter 2 port isolation configuration commands 2.1 port isolation configuration commands 2.1.1 display port-isolate group syntax display port-isolate group view an...

  • Page 167

    Command manual – port correlation configuration h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 port isolation configuration commands 2-2 2.1.2 port-isolate enable syntax port-isolate enable undo port-isolate enable view ethernet port view, port group view parameters none description use the port-isol...

  • Page 168: Table of Contents

    Command manual – link aggregation h3c s7500e series ethernet switches table of contents i table of contents chapter 1 link aggregation configuration commands............................................................ 1-1 1.1 link aggregation configuration commands......................................

  • Page 169: Commands

    Command manual – link aggregation h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 link aggregation configuration commands 1-1 chapter 1 link aggregation configuration commands 1.1 link aggregation configuration commands 1.1.1 display lacp system-id syntax display lacp system-id view any view parameter...

  • Page 170

    Command manual – link aggregation h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 link aggregation configuration commands 1-2 description use the display link-aggregation interface command to display detailed information about link aggregation for the specified port or ports. You may find that informa...

  • Page 171

    Command manual – link aggregation h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 link aggregation configuration commands 1-3 table 1-1 description on the fields of the display link-aggregation interface command field description flags one-octet lacp state flags field. From the least to the most signi...

  • Page 172

    Command manual – link aggregation h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 link aggregation configuration commands 1-4 view any view parameters agg-id : id of an existing service loop group. Description use the display link-aggregation service-type command to display information about the speci...

  • Page 173

    Command manual – link aggregation h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 link aggregation configuration commands 1-5 description use the display link-aggregation summary command to display a summary for all link aggregation groups. You may find that information about the remote system for a m...

  • Page 174

    Command manual – link aggregation h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 link aggregation configuration commands 1-6 1.1.5 display link-aggregation verbose syntax display link-aggregation verbose [ agg-id ] view any view parameters agg-id : id of an existing link aggregation group. Descriptio...

  • Page 175

    Command manual – link aggregation h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 link aggregation configuration commands 1-7 table 1-4 description on the fields of the display link-aggregation verbose command field description loadsharing type load sharing type, either shar for load sharing or nons f...

  • Page 176

    Command manual – link aggregation h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 link aggregation configuration commands 1-8 1.1.6 lacp port-priority syntax lacp port-priority port-priority undo lacp port-priority view ethernet port view parameters port-priority : port lacp priority, in the range 0 t...

  • Page 177

    Command manual – link aggregation h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 link aggregation configuration commands 1-9 examples # assign lacp priority 64 to the local system. System-view [sysname] lacp system-priority 64 1.1.8 link-aggregation group description syntax link-aggregation group agg...

  • Page 178

    Command manual – link aggregation h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 link aggregation configuration commands 1-10 parameters agg-id : link aggregation group id. Manual : creates a manual link aggregation group. Static : creates a static lacp link aggregation group. Description use the lin...

  • Page 179

    Command manual – link aggregation h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 link aggregation configuration commands 1-11 note: you can remove an existing service loop group using the undo link-aggregation group command. However, service loop groups currently referenced by modules cannot be remov...

  • Page 180

    Command manual – link aggregation h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 link aggregation configuration commands 1-12 1.1.12 port-group aggregation syntax port-group aggregation agg-id view system view parameters agg-id : aggregation port group id, same as the id of its corresponding link agg...

  • Page 181

    Command manual – link aggregation h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 link aggregation configuration commands 1-13 description use the reset lacp statistics command to clear statistics about lacp on a specified port or ports. Related commands: display link-aggregation interface . Examples ...

  • Page 182: Table of Contents

    Command manual – mac address table management h3c s7500e series ethernet switches table of contents i table of contents chapter 1 mac address table management configuration commands ................................ 1-1 1.1 mac address table management configuration commands ............................

  • Page 183: Configuration Commands

    Command manual – mac address table management h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 mac address table management configuration commands 1-1 chapter 1 mac address table management configuration commands 1.1 mac address table management configuration commands 1.1.1 display mac-address syntax d...

  • Page 184

    Command manual – mac address table management h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 mac address table management configuration commands 1-2 examples # display the mac address table entry for mac address 00e0-fc01-0101. Display mac-address 00e0-fc01-0101 mac addr vlan id state port index agin...

  • Page 185

    Command manual – mac address table management h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 mac address table management configuration commands 1-3 display mac-address aging-time mac address aging time: 300s the above information indicates that the aging time of dynamic entries in the mac address ta...

  • Page 189

    Command manual – mac address table management h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 mac address table management configuration commands 1-7 z you may need to disable mac address learning sometimes to prevent the mac address table from being saturated, for example, when your device is being a...

  • Page 190

    Command manual – mac address table management h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 mac address table management configuration commands 1-8 use the undo mac-address max-mac-count command to remove the restriction on the maximum number of mac addresses that can be learned on an ethernet port....

  • Page 191

    Command manual – mac address table management h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 mac address table management configuration commands 1-9 examples # set the aging timer for dynamic mac address entries to 500 seconds. System-view [sysname] mac-address timer aging 500

  • Page 192: Table of Contents

    Command manual – ip source guard h3c s7500e series ethernet switches table of contents i table of contents chapter 1 ip source guard commands ...................................................................................... 1-1 1.1 ip source guard commands..........................................

  • Page 194

    Command manual – ip source guard h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ip source guard commands 1-2 table 1-1 description on the fields of the display ip check source command field description mac mac address of the dynamic binding. N/a means that no mac address is bound in the entry. Ip ip ...

  • Page 195

    Command manual – ip source guard h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ip source guard commands 1-3 display user-bind the following user address bindings have been configured: mac ip vlan port status n/a 1.1.1.1 n/a ethernet2/0/6 static 0002-0002-0002 1.1.1.1 n/a ethernet2/0/6 static -------...

  • Page 196

    Command manual – ip source guard h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ip source guard commands 1-4 note that you cannot configure the dynamic binding function on a port that is in an aggregation group. Related commands: display ip check source . Examples # configure dynamic binding function...

  • Page 197

    Command manual – ip source guard h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ip source guard commands 1-5 related commands: display user-bind . Examples # configure a static binding on port ethernet 2/0/1. System-view [sysname] interface ethernet 2/0/1 [sysname-ethernet2/0/1] user-bind ip-address ...

  • Page 198: Table of Contents

    Command manual – mstp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches table of contents i table of contents chapter 1 mstp configuration commands ............................................................................... 1-1 1.1 mstp configuration commands .....................................................

  • Page 199

    Command manual – mstp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches table of contents ii 1.1.37 stp timer forward-delay........................................................................................ 1-35 1.1.38 stp timer hello .............................................................................

  • Page 200

    Command manual – mstp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 mstp configuration commands 1-1 chapter 1 mstp configuration commands 1.1 mstp configuration commands 1.1.1 active region-configuration syntax active region-configuration view mst region view parameters none description use the acti...

  • Page 201

    Command manual – mstp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 mstp configuration commands 1-2 parameters none description use the check region-configuration command to view all the configuration information of the mst region, including the region name, vlan-to-instance mapping and revision lev...

  • Page 202

    Command manual – mstp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 mstp configuration commands 1-3 field description revision level revision level of the mst region instance vlans mapped vlan-to-instance mappings in the mst region 1.1.3 display stp syntax display stp [ instance instance-id ] [ inte...

  • Page 203

    Command manual – mstp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 mstp configuration commands 1-4 z if you specify a port list, this command will display the mstp information on the specified ports. The displayed information is sequenced by spanning tree instance id, and by port name in each spann...

  • Page 204

    Command manual – mstp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 mstp configuration commands 1-5 0 gigabitethernet2/0/4* desi forwarding none (*) means port in aggregation group table 1-2 description on the fields of the display stp command field description mstid spanning tree instance id in the...

  • Page 205

    Command manual – mstp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 mstp configuration commands 1-6 2 gigabitethernet2/0/2 loop-protected 2 gigabitethernet2/0/3 formatcompatibility–protected table 1-3 description on the fields of the display stp abnormal-port command field description mstid spanning...

  • Page 206

    Command manual – mstp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 mstp configuration commands 1-7 table 1-4 description on the fields of the display stp abnormal-port command field description down port name of blocked port reason reason that caused the port to be blocked. Z bpdu-protected: bpdu a...

  • Page 207

    Command manual – mstp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 mstp configuration commands 1-8 --------------- stp slot 1 history trace --------------- ------------------- instance 2 --------------------- port gigabitethernet2/0/1 role change : root->desi (aged) time : 2006/08/08 00:22:56 port ...

  • Page 208

    Command manual – mstp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 mstp configuration commands 1-9 oper configuration format selector :0 region name :hello revision level :0 instance vlans mapped 0 21 to 4094 1 1 to 10 2 11 to 20 table 1-6 description on the fields of the display stp region-configu...

  • Page 209

    Command manual – mstp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 mstp configuration commands 1-10 table 1-7 description on the fields of the display stp root command field description mstid spanning tree instance id root bridge id root bridge id extpathcost external path cost intpathcost internal...

  • Page 210

    Command manual – mstp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 mstp configuration commands 1-11 display stp instance 0 tc slot 1 -------------- stp slot 1 tc or tcn count ------------- mstid port receive send 0 gigabitethernet2/0/1 6 4 0 gigabitethernet2/0/2 0 2 table 1-8 description on the fie...

  • Page 211

    Command manual – mstp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 mstp configuration commands 1-12 z if you specify no vlan in the undo instance command, all vlans mapped to the specified spanning tree instance will be remapped to the cist. Z you cannot map the same vlan to different spanning tree...

  • Page 212

    Command manual – mstp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 mstp configuration commands 1-13 1.1.12 reset stp syntax reset stp [ interface interface-list ] view user view parameters interface interface-list : clears the spanning tree statistics information on one or multiple ports. You can p...

  • Page 213

    Command manual – mstp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 mstp configuration commands 1-14 description use the region-level command to configure the mstp revision level of your device. Use the undo region-level command to restore the default mstp revision level. The mstp revision level, th...

  • Page 214

    Command manual – mstp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 mstp configuration commands 1-15 z after you enable mstp, the device determines whether to work in stp-compatible mode, in rstp mode or in mstp mode according to your mstp work mode setting. After mstp is disabled, the device become...

  • Page 215

    Command manual – mstp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 mstp configuration commands 1-16 examples # enable the bpdu guard function for the device. System-view [sysname] stp bpdu-protection 1.1.16 stp bridge-diameter syntax stp bridge-diameter bridge-number undo stp bridge-diameter view s...

  • Page 217

    Command manual – mstp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 mstp configuration commands 1-18 [sysname-gigabitethernet2/0/1] stp compliance dot1s # restore the default mode for port gigabitethernet 2/0/1 to recognize and send mstp bpdus. System-view [sysname] interface gigabitethernet 2/0/1 [...

  • Page 218

    Command manual – mstp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 mstp configuration commands 1-19 1.1.19 stp cost syntax stp [ instance instance-id ] cost cost undo stp [ instance instance-id ] cost view ethernet interface view, port group view parameters instance instance-id : sets the path cost...

  • Page 220

    Command manual – mstp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 mstp configuration commands 1-21 1.1.21 stp loop-protection syntax stp loop-protection undo stp loop-protection view ethernet interface view, port group view parameters none description use the stp loop-protection command to enable ...

  • Page 221

    Command manual – mstp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 mstp configuration commands 1-22 description use the stp max-hops command to set the maximum number of hops of the mst region on the device. Use the undo stp max-hops command to restore the maximum number of hops to the default sett...

  • Page 222

    Command manual – mstp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 mstp configuration commands 1-23 however, if the device running stp is removed, this will not be able to migrate automatically to the mstp (or rstp) mode, but will remain working in the stp-compatible mode. In this case, you can per...

  • Page 223

    Command manual – mstp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 mstp configuration commands 1-24 1.1.25 stp no-agreement-check syntax stp no-agreement-check undo stp no-agreement-check view ethernet interface view, port group view parameters none description use the stp no-agreement-check comman...

  • Page 224

    Command manual – mstp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 mstp configuration commands 1-25 parameters dot1d-1998 : the device calculates the default path cost for ports based on ieee 802.1d-1998. Dot1t : the device calculates the default path cost for ports based on ieee 802.1t. Legacy : t...

  • Page 225

    Command manual – mstp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 mstp configuration commands 1-26 cost = 200,000,000/link speed (in 100 kbps), where link speed is the sum of the link speed values of the non-blocked ports in the aggregated link. Examples # configure the device to calculate the def...

  • Page 226

    Command manual – mstp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 mstp configuration commands 1-27 z if the current port is the master port of a link aggregation group or if it works in full duplex mode, the link to which the current port connects is a point-to-point link. We recommend that you us...

  • Page 227

    Command manual – mstp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 mstp configuration commands 1-28 [sysname] stp port-log instance 2 %aug 16 00:49:41:856 2006 sysname mstp/3/pdisc: instance 2's gigabitethernet2/0/1 has been set to discarding state! %aug 16 00:49:41:856 2006 sysname mstp/3/pfwd: in...

  • Page 228

    Command manual – mstp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 mstp configuration commands 1-29 examples # set the priority of port gigabitethernet 2/0/1 in spanning tree instance 2 to 16. System-view [sysname] interface gigabitethernet 2/0/1 [sysname-gigabitethernet2/0/1] stp instance 2 port p...

  • Page 229

    Command manual – mstp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 mstp configuration commands 1-30 undo stp region-configuration view system view parameters none description use the stp region-configuration command to enter mst region view. Use the undo stp region-configuration command to restore ...

  • Page 230

    Command manual – mstp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 mstp configuration commands 1-31 centi-seconds : hello time (in centiseconds) of the spanning tree, in the range of 100 to 1,000. Description use the stp root primary command to configure the current device as the root bridge. Use t...

  • Page 231

    Command manual – mstp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 mstp configuration commands 1-32 view system view parameters instance instance-id : configures the device as a secondary root bridge in a particular spanning tree instance. The effective range of instance-id is 0 to 31, with 0 repre...

  • Page 232

    Command manual – mstp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 mstp configuration commands 1-33 system-view [sysname] stp instance 0 root secondary bridge-diameter 5 hello-time 300 1.1.34 stp root-protection syntax stp root-protection undo stp root-protection view ethernet interface view, port ...

  • Page 233

    Command manual – mstp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 mstp configuration commands 1-34 description use the stp tc-protection enable command to enable the tc-bpdu attack guard function for the device. Use the stp tc-protection disable command to disable the tc-bpdu attack guard function...

  • Page 234

    Command manual – mstp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 mstp configuration commands 1-35 1.1.37 stp timer forward-delay syntax stp timer forward-delay centi-seconds undo stp timer forward-delay view system view parameters centi-seconds : forward delay in centiseconds, in the range of 400...

  • Page 235

    Command manual – mstp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 mstp configuration commands 1-36 [sysname] stp timer forward-delay 2000 1.1.38 stp timer hello syntax stp timer hello centi-seconds undo stp timer hello view system view parameters centi-seconds : hello time (in centiseconds), in th...

  • Page 236

    Command manual – mstp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 mstp configuration commands 1-37 1.1.39 stp timer max-age syntax stp timer max-age centi-seconds undo stp timer max-age view system view parameters centi-seconds : max age (in centiseconds), in the range of 600 to 4,000. Description...

  • Page 237

    Command manual – mstp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 mstp configuration commands 1-38 1.1.40 stp timer-factor syntax stp timer-factor number undo stp timer-factor view system view parameters number : timeout factor, in the range of 1 to 20. Description use the stp timer-factor command...

  • Page 238

    Command manual – mstp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 mstp configuration commands 1-39 parameters packet-number : maximum number of mstp packets that the port can send within each hello time, namely the maximum transmission rate of the port, in the range of 1 to 255. Description use th...

  • Page 239

    Command manual – mstp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 mstp configuration commands 1-40 you cannot map the same vlan to different spanning tree instances. If you map a vlan that has been mapped to an instance to a new instance, the old mapping will be automatically removed. Note: by usi...

  • Page 240: Table of Contents

    Command manual – ip routing overview h3c s7500e series ethernet switches table of contents i table of contents chapter 1 routing overview commands.................................................................................... 1-1 1.1 routing overview commands ......................................

  • Page 241

    Command manual – ip routing overview h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 routing overview commands 1-1 chapter 1 routing overview commands note: z the term “router” in this document refers to a layer 3 switch running routing protocols. Z currently, the lsq1gp12ea board on s7500e series eth...

  • Page 242

    Command manual – ip routing overview h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 routing overview commands 1-2 table 1-1 description on the fields of the display ip relay-route command field description total number of relay-route total number of recursive routes dest/mask destination address/mask...

  • Page 244

    Command manual – ip routing overview h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 routing overview commands 1-4 character meaning remarks * asterisk, indicates that the character(s) to its left can appear 0 or more times. Zo* matches z and zoo. + plus, indicates that the character(s) to its left ca...

  • Page 245

    Command manual – ip routing overview h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 routing overview commands 1-5 field description nexthop address of the next hop on the route interface output interface for packets to be forwarded along the route # display detailed information about all routes in th...

  • Page 246

    Command manual – ip routing overview h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 routing overview commands 1-6 tunnel id: 0x0 label: null state: active noadv age: 3d23h11m51s tag: 0 destination: 192.168.0.0/24 protocol: direct process id: 0 preference: 0 cost: 0 nexthop: 192.168.0.72 interface: vl...

  • Page 247

    Command manual – ip routing overview h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 routing overview commands 1-7 field description route status: active this is an active unicast route. Adv this route can be advertised. Delete this route is deleted. Gateway this is an indirect route. Holddown number ...

  • Page 248

    Command manual – ip routing overview h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 routing overview commands 1-8 1.1.4 display ip routing-table acl syntax display ip routing-table acl acl-number [ verbose ] view any view parameters acl-number : basic acl number, in the range of 2000 to 2999. Verbose...

  • Page 249

    Command manual – ip routing overview h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 routing overview commands 1-9 192.168.0.0/24 direct 0 0 192.168.0.136 vlan1 192.168.0.136/32 direct 0 0 127.0.0.1 inloop0 for detailed description of the above output, see table 1-4 . # display detailed information ab...

  • Page 250

    Command manual – ip routing overview h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 routing overview commands 1-10 mask-length : ip address mask length in the range 0 to 32. Mask : ip address mask in dotted decimal format. Longer-match : displays the route with the longest mask. Verbose : displays de...

  • Page 252

    Command manual – ip routing overview h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 routing overview commands 1-12 destination/mask proto pre cost nexthop interface 11.1.1.0/24 static 60 0 0.0.0.0 null0 # display route entries for destination addresses in the range 1.1.1.0 to 5.5.5.0. Display ip rout...

  • Page 253

    Command manual – ip routing overview h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 routing overview commands 1-13 # display brief information about active routes permitted by the prefix list test . [sysname] display ip routing-table ip-prefix test routes matched by prefix list : test summary count :...

  • Page 254

    Command manual – ip routing overview h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 routing overview commands 1-14 view any view parameters protocol : routing protocol. It can be bgp , direct , isis , ospf , rip , or static . Inactive : displays information about only inactive routes. With this argum...

  • Page 255

    Command manual – ip routing overview h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 routing overview commands 1-15 static routing table status : summary count : 1 destination/mask proto pre cost nexthop interface 1.2.3.0/24 static 60 0 1.2.4.5 vlan10 for detailed description of the above output, see ...

  • Page 256

    Command manual – ip routing overview h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 routing overview commands 1-16 field description deleted number of routes marked as deleted, which will be freed after a period. Freed number of routes that got freed, that is, got removed permanently total sums for t...

  • Page 257

    Command manual – ip routing overview h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 routing overview commands 1-17 1.1.10 display ipv6 relay-tunnel syntax display ipv6 relay-tunnel view any view parameters none description use the display ipv6 relay-tunnel command to display ipv6 recursive tunnel inf...

  • Page 258

    Command manual – ip routing overview h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 routing overview commands 1-18 parameters none description use the display ipv6 routing-table command to display brief routing table information, including destination ip address and prefix, protocol type, priority, m...

  • Page 259

    Command manual – ip routing overview h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 routing overview commands 1-19 parameters acl6-number: basic ipv6 acl number, in the range 2000 to 2999. Verbose : displays both active and inactive verbose routing information permitted by the acl. Without this keywo...

  • Page 260

    Command manual – ip routing overview h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 routing overview commands 1-20 description use the display ipv6 routing-table ipv6-address command to display routing information about the specified destination ipv6 address. Executing the command with different para...

  • Page 261

    Command manual – ip routing overview h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 routing overview commands 1-21 summary count : 1 destination: 10::/120 protocol : static nexthop : :: preference: 60 interface : null0 cost : 0 refer to table 1-9 for description about the above output. 1.1.14 display...

  • Page 262

    Command manual – ip routing overview h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 routing overview commands 1-22 destination: 300::/64 protocol : static nexthop : 1::2 preference: 60 interface : vlan1 cost : 0 refer to table 1-9 for description about the above output. 1.1.15 display ipv6 routing-ta...

  • Page 263

    Command manual – ip routing overview h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 routing overview commands 1-23 parameters protocol : displays routes of a routing protocol, which can be bgp4+ , direct , isisv6 , ospfv3 , ripng and static . Inactive : displays only inactive routes. Without the keyw...

  • Page 264

    Command manual – ip routing overview h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 routing overview commands 1-24 description use the display ipv6 routing-table statistics command to display routing statistics, including total route number, added route number and deleted route number. Examples # dis...

  • Page 265

    Command manual – ip routing overview h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 routing overview commands 1-25 description use the display ipv6 routing-table verbose command to display detailed information about all active and inactive routes, including the statistics of the entire routing table ...

  • Page 266

    Command manual – ip routing overview h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 routing overview commands 1-26 field description label label age time that has elapsed since the route was generated 1.1.19 reset ip routing-table statistics protocol syntax reset ip routing-table statistics protocol ...

  • Page 267

    Command manual – ip routing overview h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 routing overview commands 1-27 description use the reset ipv6 routing-table statistics command to clear the route statistics of the routing table. Examples # clear statistics for all routing protocols. Reset ipv6 rout...

  • Page 268: Table of Contents

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches table of contents i table of contents chapter 1 static routing configuration commands ................................................................. 1-1 1.1 static routing configuration commands .......................................

  • Page 269

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches table of contents ii 2.1.31 validate-source-address...................................................................................... 2-28 2.1.32 version................................................................................

  • Page 270

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches table of contents iii 3.1.39 ospf authentication-mode.................................................................................... 3-43 3.1.40 ospf cost .............................................................................

  • Page 271

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches table of contents iv 4.1.18 filter-policy export ................................................................................................ 4-22 4.1.19 filter-policy import ..........................................................

  • Page 272

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches table of contents v chapter 5 bgp configuration commands.................................................................................. 5-1 5.1 bgp configuration commands ...............................................................

  • Page 273

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches table of contents vi 5.1.41 peer allow-as-loop ............................................................................................... 5-37 5.1.42 peer as-number ...................................................................

  • Page 274

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches table of contents vii 6.1.2 apply comm-list delete ............................................................................................ 6-2 6.1.3 apply community ...................................................................

  • Page 275: Commands

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 static routing configuration commands 1-1 chapter 1 static routing configuration commands note: the term “router” in this document refers to a router in a generic sense or a layer 3 switch. 1.1 static routing configuration c...

  • Page 277

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 static routing configuration commands 1-3 3) when configuring a static route, you can specify the output interface or the next hop address based on the actual requirement. Note that the next hop address must not be the ip ad...

  • Page 278

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 static routing configuration commands 1-4 description use the ip route-static default-preference command to configure the default preference for static routes. Use the undo ip route-static default-preference command to resto...

  • Page 279

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 rip configuration commands 2-1 chapter 2 rip configuration commands note: the term “router” in this document refers to a router in a generic sense or a layer 3 switch. 2.1 rip configuration commands 2.1.1 checkzero syntax ch...

  • Page 280

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 rip configuration commands 2-2 2.1.2 default cost syntax default cost value undo default cost view rip view parameters value : default metric of redistributed routes, in the range of 0 to 16. Description use the default cost...

  • Page 281

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 rip configuration commands 2-3 description use the default-route originate cost command to advertise a default route with the specified metric to rip neighbors. Use the undo default-route originate command to disable the sen...

  • Page 282

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 rip configuration commands 2-4 rip process : 1 rip version : 1 preference : 100 checkzero : enabled default-cost : 0 summary : enabled hostroutes : enabled maximum number of balanced paths : 4 update time : 30 sec(s) timeout...

  • Page 283

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 rip configuration commands 2-5 field description suppress time rip suppress interval garbage-collect time rip garbage collection interval trip retransmit time trip retransmit interval for sending update requests and response...

  • Page 284

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 rip configuration commands 2-6 10.0.0.0/8, cost 1, classfulsumm 10.0.0.0/24, cost 1, nexthop 10.0.0.1, rip-interface 11.0.0.0/8, cost 1, classfulsumm 11.0.0.0/24, cost 1, nexthop 10.0.0.1, imported table 2-2 description on f...

  • Page 285

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 rip configuration commands 2-7 current packets number/maximum packets number: 234/2000 table 2-3 description on the fields of the display rip interface command field description interface-name the name of an interface runnin...

  • Page 286

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 rip configuration commands 2-8 examples # display all routing information of rip process 1. Display rip 1 route route flags: r-rip, t-trip p-permanent, a-aging, s-suppressed, g-garbage-collect -------------------------------...

  • Page 287

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 rip configuration commands 2-9 table 2-4 description on the fields of the display rip route command field description route flags r — rip route t — trip route p — the route never expires a — the route is aging s — the route ...

  • Page 289

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 rip configuration commands 2-11 # reference ip prefix list abc to filter outbound routes on vlan-interface 10. [sysname-rip-1] filter-policy ip-prefix abc export vlan-interface 10 2.1.9 filter-policy import syntax filter-pol...

  • Page 290

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 rip configuration commands 2-12 undo host-route view rip view parameters none description use the host-route command to enable host route reception. Use the undo host-route command to disable host route reception. By default...

  • Page 291

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 rip configuration commands 2-13 parameters protocol : specify a routing protocol from which to redistribute routes, currently including bgp , direct , isis , ospf , rip , rip and static . Process-id : process number of the r...

  • Page 292

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 rip configuration commands 2-14 2.1.12 maximum load-balancing syntax maximum load-balancing number undo maximum load-balancing view rip view parameters number : maximum number of load balanced routes, in the range 1 to 4. De...

  • Page 293

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 rip configuration commands 2-15 use the undo network command to disable rip on the interface attached to the specified network. Rip runs only on the interfaces attached to the specified network. For an interface not on the s...

  • Page 294

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 rip configuration commands 2-16 [sysname] rip 1 [sysname-rip-1] peer 202.38.165.1 2.1.15 preference syntax preference [ route-policy route-policy-name ] value undo preference [ route-policy ] view rip view parameters route-p...

  • Page 295

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 rip configuration commands 2-17 view user view parameters process-id : rip process id, in the range of 1 to 65535. Description use the reset rip statistics command to clear the statistics of the specified rip process. Exampl...

  • Page 297

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 rip configuration commands 2-19 2.1.19 rip input syntax rip input undo rip input view interface view parameters none description use the rip input command to enable the interface to receive rip messages. Use the undo rip inp...

  • Page 298

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 rip configuration commands 2-20 by default, the additional metric of a received route is 0. When a valid rip route is received, the system adds a metric to it and then installs it into the routing table. Therefore, the metri...

  • Page 299

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 rip configuration commands 2-21 2.1.22 rip mib-binding syntax rip mib-binding process-id undo rip mib-binding view system view parameters process-id : rip process id, in the range of 1 to 65535. Description use the rip mib-b...

  • Page 300

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 rip configuration commands 2-22 use the undo rip output command to disable the interface from sending rip messages. Sending rip messages is enabled on an interface by default. Related commands: rip input . Examples # disable...

  • Page 301

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 rip configuration commands 2-23 view interface view parameters none description use the rip split-horizon command to enable the split horizon function. Use the undo rip split-horizon command to disable the split horizon func...

  • Page 302

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 rip configuration commands 2-24 description use the rip summary-address command to configure ripv2 to advertise a summary route through the interface. Use the undo rip summary-address command to remove the configuration. Not...

  • Page 303

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 rip configuration commands 2-25 z send ripv1 broadcast messages z receive ripv1 broadcast messages z receive ripv1 unicast messages when ripv2 runs on the interface in broadcast mode, the interface will: z send ripv2 broadca...

  • Page 304

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 rip configuration commands 2-26 by default, all interfaces are allowed to send routing updates. Examples # configure all vlan interfaces to work in the silent state, and activate vlan-interface 10. System-view [sysname] rip ...

  • Page 306

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 rip configuration commands 2-28 examples # specifies the update, timeout, suppress, and garbage-collect timers as 5, 15, 15 and 30 respectively. System-view [sysname] rip 100 [sysname-rip-100] timers update 5 [sysname-rip-10...

  • Page 307

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 rip configuration commands 2-29 undo version view rip view parameters 1 : specifies the rip version as ripv1. 2 : specifies the rip version as ripv2. Ripv2 messages are multicast. Description use the version command to speci...

  • Page 308

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 ospf configuration commands 3-1 chapter 3 ospf configuration commands 3.1 ospf configuration commands note: the term “router” in this document refers to a router in a generic sense or a layer 3 switch running routing protoco...

  • Page 309

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 ospf configuration commands 3-2 this command is usable only on an abr. Multiple contiguous networks may be available in an area, where you can summarize them with one network on the abr for advertisement. The abr advertises ...

  • Page 311

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 ospf configuration commands 3-4 examples # summarize redistributed routes with a single route. System-view [sysname] ip route-static 10.2.1.0 24 null 0 [sysname] ip route-static 10.2.2.0 24 null 0 [sysname] ospf 100 [sysname...

  • Page 312

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 ospf configuration commands 3-5 3.1.5 bandwidth-reference syntax bandwidth-reference value undo bandwidth-reference view ospf view parameters value : bandwidth reference value for link cost calculation, in the range 1 to 214...

  • Page 313

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 ospf configuration commands 3-6 limit : specifies the default upper limit of routes redistributed per time, in the range 1 to 2147483647. Tag : specifies the default tag for redistributed routes, in the range 0 to 4294967295...

  • Page 314

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 ospf configuration commands 3-7 examples # configure area 1 as a stub area, and specify the cost of the default route advertised to the stub area as 20. System-view [sysname] ospf 100 [sysname-ospf-100] area 1 [sysname-ospf-...

  • Page 315

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 ospf configuration commands 3-8 table, the always keyword should be included to generate a default route in a type-5 lsa. The default-route-advertise summary cost command is applicable only to vpns, and the default route is ...

  • Page 316

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 ospf configuration commands 3-9 # describe the ospf area0 as bone area . System-view [sysname] ospf 100 [sysname-ospf-100] area 0 [sysname-ospf-100-area-0.0.0.0] description bone area 3.1.10 display ospf abr-asbr syntax disp...

  • Page 318

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 ospf configuration commands 3-11 net : 30.1.0.0 mask : 255.255.0.0 tag : 20 status : advertise cost : 10 (configured) the count of route is : 2 destination net mask proto process type metric 30.1.2.0 255.255.255.0 ospf 1 2 1...

  • Page 319

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 ospf configuration commands 3-12 parameters process-id : ospf process id, in the range 1 to 65535. Description use the display ospf brief command to display ospf brief information. If no ospf process is specified, brief info...

  • Page 320

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 ospf configuration commands 3-13 table 3-3 description on the fields of the display ospf brief command field description routerid router id border router abr, asbr or nssa abr route tag the tag of redistributed routes multi-...

  • Page 321

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 ospf configuration commands 3-14 field description timers intervals of timers: hello, dead, poll, retransmit, and transmit delay 3.1.13 display ospf cumulative syntax display ospf [ process-id ] cumulative view any view para...

  • Page 322

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 ospf configuration commands 3-15 opq-link: 0 opq-area: 0 opq-as: 0 lsas originated: 4 lsas received: 7 routing table: intra area: 2 inter area: 3 ase/nssa: 0 table 3-4 description on the fields of the display ospf cumulative...

  • Page 323

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 ospf configuration commands 3-16 field description inter area inter-area route number ase ase route number 3.1.14 display ospf error syntax display ospf [ process-id ] error view any view parameters process-id : ospf process...

  • Page 324

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 ospf configuration commands 3-17 0 : ls upd: lsa checksum bad 0 : ls upd: received less recent lsa 0 : ls upd: unknown lsa type table 3-5 description on the fields of the display ospf error command field description ospf rou...

  • Page 325

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 ospf configuration commands 3-18 field description ls upd: received less recent lsa lsu packets without latest lsa ls upd: unknown lsa type lsu packets with unknown lsa type 3.1.15 display ospf interface syntax display ospf ...

  • Page 326

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 ospf configuration commands 3-19 table 3-6 description on the fields of the display ospf interface command field description area area id of the interface ip address interface ip address (regardless of whether te is enabled ...

  • Page 327

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 ospf configuration commands 3-20 originate-router advertising-router-id : displays information about lsas originated by the specified router. Self-originate : displays information about self-originated lsas. Description use ...

  • Page 328

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 ospf configuration commands 3-21 [sysname] display ospf 1 lsdb network ospf process 1 with router id 192.168.1.1 area: 0.0.0.0 link state database type : network ls id : 192.168.0.2 adv rtr : 192.168.2.1 ls age : 922 len : 3...

  • Page 329

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 ospf configuration commands 3-22 view any view parameters process-id : ospf process id, in the range 1 to 65535. Description use the display ospf nexthop command to display ospf next hop information. If no ospf process is sp...

  • Page 330

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 ospf configuration commands 3-23 view any view parameters process-id : ospf process id, in the range 1 to 65535. Verbose : displays detailed neighbor information. Interface-type interface-number : interface type and interfac...

  • Page 331

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 ospf configuration commands 3-24 field description gr state gr state state neighbor state: down, init, attempt, 2-way, exstart, exchange, loading or full mode neighbor mode for dd exchange: master or slave priority router pr...

  • Page 332

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 ospf configuration commands 3-25 3.1.19 display ospf peer statistics syntax display ospf [ process-id ] peer statistics view any view parameters process-id : ospf process id, in the range 1 to 65535. Description use the disp...

  • Page 333

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 ospf configuration commands 3-26 field description exstart under this state, the router decides on sequence numbers for dd packets. Exchange under this state, the router exchanges link state information with the neighbor. Lo...

  • Page 334

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 ospf configuration commands 3-27 request list: type linkstate id advrouter sequence age router 2.2.2.2 1.1.1.1 80000004 1 network 192.168.0.1 1.1.1.1 80000003 1 sum-net 192.168.1.0 1.1.1.1 80000002 2 table 3-13 description o...

  • Page 335

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 ospf configuration commands 3-28 if no ospf process is specified, the retransmission queue information of all ospf processes is displayed. Examples # display ospf retransmission queue information. Display ospf retrans-queue ...

  • Page 336

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 ospf configuration commands 3-29 view any view parameters process-id : ospf process id, in the range 1 to 65535. Interface interface-type interface-number : displays ospf routing information advertised via the interface. Nex...

  • Page 337

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 ospf configuration commands 3-30 field description total nets total networks intra area total intra-area routes inter area total inter-area routes ase total ase routes nssa total nssa routes 3.1.23 display ospf vlink syntax ...

  • Page 338

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 ospf configuration commands 3-31 table 3-16 description on the fields of the display ospf vlink command field description virtual-link neighbor-id id of the neighbor connected to the router via the virtual link neighbor-stat...

  • Page 341

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 ospf configuration commands 3-34 view ospf view parameters acl-number : number of an acl used to filter incoming routes, in the range 2000 to 3999. Ip-prefix-name : name of an ip address prefix list used to filter incoming r...

  • Page 342

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 ospf configuration commands 3-35 description use the host-advertise command to advertise a host route. Use the undo host-advertise command to remove a host route. No host route is advertised by default. Examples # advertise ...

  • Page 343

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 ospf configuration commands 3-36 ospf prioritize routes as follows: z intra-area route z inter-area route z type1 external route z type2 external route an intra-area route is a route in an ospf area. An inter-area route is b...

  • Page 344

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 ospf configuration commands 3-37 view ospf view parameters none description use the log-peer-change command to enable the logging of ospf neighbor state changes. Use the undo log-peer-change command to disable the logging. T...

  • Page 345

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 ospf configuration commands 3-38 if an lsa that has the same lsa type, ls id, originating router id with the previous lsa is received within the interval, the lsa will be discarded. This feature helps protect routers and ban...

  • Page 346

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 ospf configuration commands 3-39 examples # configure the maximum lsa generation interval as 2 seconds, minimum interval as 100 milliseconds and incremental interval as 100 milliseconds. System-view [sysname] ospf 100 [sysna...

  • Page 347

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 ospf configuration commands 3-40 parameters maximum : maximum number of equal cost routes for load balancing, in the range 1 to 4. No load balancing is available when the number is set to 1. Description use the maximum load-...

  • Page 348

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 ospf configuration commands 3-41 examples # specify the maximum number of intra-area routes as 500. System-view [sysname] ospf 100 [sysname-ospf-100] maximum-routes intra 500 3.1.36 network syntax network ip-address wildcard...

  • Page 352

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 ospf configuration commands 3-45 [sysname-ospf-100] quit [sysname] interface vlan-interface 10 [sysname-vlan-interface10] ospf authentication-mode md5 15 cipher abc # configure the network 131.119.0.0/16 in area 1 to support...

  • Page 353

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 ospf configuration commands 3-46 examples # set the ospf cost for the interface to 65. System-view [sysname] interface vlan-interface 10 [sysname-vlan-interface10] ospf cost 65 3.1.41 ospf dr-priority syntax ospf dr-priority...

  • Page 354

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 ospf configuration commands 3-47 parameters process-id : ospf process id, in the range 1 to 65535. Description use the ospf mib-binding command to bind an ospf process to mib operation. Use the undo ospf mib-binding command ...

  • Page 356

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 ospf configuration commands 3-49 note: this command is not supported on the null interface. Examples # configure the interface’s network type as nbma. System-view [sysname] interface vlan-interface 10 [sysname-vlan-interface...

  • Page 357

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 ospf configuration commands 3-50 3.1.46 ospf timer hello syntax ospf timer hello seconds undo ospf timer hello view interface view parameters seconds : hello interval in seconds, in the range 1 to 65535. Description use the ...

  • Page 358

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 ospf configuration commands 3-51 parameters seconds : poll interval in seconds, in the range 1 to 2147483647. Description use the ospf timer poll command to set the poll interval on an nbma interface. Use the undo ospf timer...

  • Page 359

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 ospf configuration commands 3-52 the retransmission interval should not be so small to avoid unnecessary retransmissions. This configuration is not supported on the null interface. Examples # set the lsa retransmission inter...

  • Page 360

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 ospf configuration commands 3-53 3.1.50 peer syntax peer ip-address [ dr-priority dr-priority ] undo peer ip-address view ospf view parameters ip-address : neighbor ip address. Dr-priority : neighbor dr priority, in the rang...

  • Page 361

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 ospf configuration commands 3-54 view ospf view parameters ase : sets a priority for ase routes. If the keyword is not specified, using the command sets a priority for ospf internal routes. Route-policy : applies a routing p...

  • Page 362

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 ospf configuration commands 3-55 neighbor : clears neighbor statistics. Interface-type interface-number : interface type and interface number. Router-id : neighbor router id. Description use the reset ospf counters command t...

  • Page 363

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 ospf configuration commands 3-56 3.1.54 reset ospf redistribution syntax reset ospf [ process-id ] redistribution view user view parameters process-id : ospf process id, in the range 1 to 65535. Description use the reset osp...

  • Page 366

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 ospf configuration commands 3-59 examples # enable the sending of snmp traps for all ospf processes. System-view [sysname] snmp-agent trap enable ospf 3.1.58 spf-schedule-interval syntax spf-schedule-interval maximum-interva...

  • Page 367

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 ospf configuration commands 3-60 3.1.59 stub syntax stub [ no-summary ] undo stub view ospf area view parameters no-summary : usable only on a stub abr. With it configured, the abr advertises only a default route in a summar...

  • Page 368

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 ospf configuration commands 3-61 description use the stub-router command to configure the router as a stub router. Use the undo stub-router command to restore the default. By default, no router is configured as a stub router...

  • Page 370

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 ospf configuration commands 3-63 [sysname-ospf-100-area-0.0.0.2] vlink-peer 1.1.1.1.

  • Page 371

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 is-is configuration commands 4-1 chapter 4 is-is configuration commands note: the “router” in this document refers to a router in a generic sense or an ethernet switch running routing protocols. 4.1 is-is configuration comma...

  • Page 372

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 is-is configuration commands 4-2 note: whether a password should use ip or osi is not affected by the actual network environment. Description use the area-authentication-mode command to specify the area authentication mode a...

  • Page 373

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 is-is configuration commands 4-3 use the undo auto-cost enable command to disable the function. This function is disabled by default. The preference of interface cost set by the auto-cost command is lower than that set by th...

  • Page 374

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 is-is configuration commands 4-4 cost = (reference value/bandwidth)×10, and the maximum calculated cost is 16777214. Z when the cost style is narrow , narrow-compatible , or compatible , if the interface is a loopback interf...

  • Page 375

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 is-is configuration commands 4-5 if no keyword is specified, the specified cost applies to level-1-2. The preference of interface cost from high to low is: the cost set by the isis cost command, the global cost set by the ci...

  • Page 376

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 is-is configuration commands 4-6 only packets of narrow cost style can be received and sent by default. Related commands: isis cost . Examples # configure the router to send only packets of narrow cost style, but receive bot...

  • Page 377

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 is-is configuration commands 4-7 using the apply isis level-1 command in routing policy view will generate a default route in l1 lsp. Using the apply isis level-2 command in routing policy view will generate a default route ...

  • Page 378

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 is-is configuration commands 4-8 lsp-max-age: 1200 lsp-refresh: 900 interval between spfs: 10 table 4-1 description on the fields of the display isis brief command field description network-entity network entity name is-leve...

  • Page 379

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 is-is configuration commands 4-9 examples # display is-is enabled interface information. Display isis interface interface information for isis(1) --------------------------------- interface: vlan-interface1 id ipv4.State ipv...

  • Page 380

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 is-is configuration commands 4-10 field description dis designated is snpa address subnet access point address ip address primary ip address secondary ip address(es) secondary ip addresses ipv6 link local address ipv6 link l...

  • Page 381

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 is-is configuration commands 4-11 feature name active controllable isis protocol yes yes ipv6 yes yes restart yes yes te yes no mi yes no resource name minval maxval currval controlla max processes resource 1 1000 100 1 max ...

  • Page 382

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 is-is configuration commands 4-12 field description mi multi-instance resource name resource name minval minimum value maxval maximum value currval current value isis core license values license values of isis core max proce...

  • Page 383

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 is-is configuration commands 4-13 description use the display isis lsdb command to display is-is link state database. Examples # display level-1 lsdb information. Dis isis lsdb level-1 database information for isis(1) ------...

  • Page 384

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 is-is configuration commands 4-14 description use the display isis mesh-group command to display is-is mesh-group. Examples # configure vlan-interface 10 and vlan-interface 20 on a switch to belong to mesh-group 100. (the pr...

  • Page 385

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 is-is configuration commands 4-15 description use the display isis name-table command to display the host name-to-system id mapping table. Examples # configure a name for the local is-is system. System-view [sysname] isis [s...

  • Page 386

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 is-is configuration commands 4-16 description use the display isis peer command to display is-is neighbor information. Besides all the information displayed using the display isis peer command, the display isis peer verbose ...

  • Page 387

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 is-is configuration commands 4-17 field description peer ip address(es) interface ip address of the neighbor uptime time that elapsed since the neighbor relationship was formed. Adj protocol adjacency protocol 4.1.14 display...

  • Page 388

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 is-is configuration commands 4-18 ipv4 destination intcost extcost exitinterface nexthop flags -------------------------------------------------------------------------- 192.168.0.0/24 10 null vlan1 direct d/l/- flags: d-dir...

  • Page 389

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 is-is configuration commands 4-19 description use the display isis spf-log command to display is-is spf log record. Examples # display is-is spf log record. Display isis spf-log spf log information for isis(1) --------------...

  • Page 391

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 is-is configuration commands 4-21 ripng: 0 ospfv3: 0 lsp information: lsp source id: no. Of used lsps 0000.0000.0002 001 table 4-10 description on the fields of the display isis statistics command field description statistic...

  • Page 392

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 is-is configuration commands 4-22 parameters simple : specifies to send the password in plain text. Md5 : specifies to send the password encrypted with md5. Password : specifies a password. For simple authentication mode, th...

  • Page 393

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 is-is configuration commands 4-23 view is-is view parameters acl-number : specifies the number of an acl that is used to filter outgoing redistributed routes, ranging from 2000 to 3999. Ip-prefix ip-prefix-name : specifies t...

  • Page 395

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 is-is configuration commands 4-25 view is-is view parameters flood-count flooding-count : specifies the maximum number of lsps to be sent in the fast-flooding process, ranging from 1 to 15. The default is 5. Max-timer-interv...

  • Page 396

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 is-is configuration commands 4-26 parameters isis [ process-id ]: redistributes routes from a specified isis process. Process-id is in the range of 1 to 65535. Ospf [ process-id ]: redistributes routes from a specified ospf ...

  • Page 397

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 is-is configuration commands 4-27 note: using the import-route bgp command redistributes only ebgp routes. Using the import-route bgp allow-ibgp command redistributes also ibgp routes, but this may cause routing loops. Be ca...

  • Page 398

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 is-is configuration commands 4-28 z you can specify a routing policy in the import-route isis level-2 into level-1 command to filter routes from level-2 to level-1. Other routing policies specified for route reception and re...

  • Page 400

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 is-is configuration commands 4-30 related commands: area-authentication-mode , domain authentication-mode. Note: the level-1 and level-2 keywords are available only on the vlan interface of switches after is-is is enabled on...

  • Page 401

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 is-is configuration commands 4-31 examples # suppose vlan-interface 10 is connected to a non backbone router in the same area. Configure the link adjacency level of vlan-interface 10 as level-1 to prevent sending and receivi...

  • Page 403

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 is-is configuration commands 4-33 view interface view parameters symbolic-name : specifies a name for the local lan, a string of 1 to 64 characters. Description use the isis dis-name command to configure a name for local lan...

  • Page 404

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 is-is configuration commands 4-34 if neither level-1 nor level-2 is specified in this command, the dis priority applies to both level-1 and level-2. Description use the isis dis-priority command to specify a dis selection pr...

  • Page 405

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 is-is configuration commands 4-35 and then use the isis enable command to enable is-is on each interface that needs to run the is-is process. Related commands: isis , network-entity . Examples # create is-is routing process ...

  • Page 406

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 is-is configuration commands 4-36 note: z a mesh-group is only available for a point-to-point link interface. Z this command is not available in loopback interface view. Examples # add is-is enabled vlan-interface 10 to the ...

  • Page 407

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 is-is configuration commands 4-37 [sysname-vlan-interface10] isis silent 4.1.33 isis small-hello syntax isis small-hello undo isis small-hello view interface view parameters none description use the isis small-hello command ...

  • Page 408

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 is-is configuration commands 4-38 parameters seconds : specifies the interval in seconds for sending csnp packets over broadcast network, ranging from 1 to 600. Level-1 : applies the interval to level-1. Level-2 : applies th...

  • Page 409

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 is-is configuration commands 4-39 parameters seconds : specifies the interval in seconds for sending hello packets, ranging from 3 to 255. Level-1 : specifies the interval for sending level-1 hello packets. Level-2 : specifi...

  • Page 410

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 is-is configuration commands 4-40 parameters value : number of hello intervals, in the range of 3 to 1000. Level-1 : applies the number to the level-1 is-is neighbor. Level-2 : applies the number to the level-2 is-is neighbo...

  • Page 411

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 is-is configuration commands 4-41 4.1.37 isis timer lsp syntax isis timer lsp time [ count count ] undo isis timer lsp view interface view parameters time : specifies the minimum interval in milliseconds for sending link-sta...

  • Page 412

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 is-is configuration commands 4-42 view interface view parameters seconds : specifies the interval in seconds for retransmitting lsp packets, ranging from 1 to 300. Description use the isis timer retransmit command to configu...

  • Page 413

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 is-is configuration commands 4-43 level-1-2 : configures the router to work on level-1-2, which means it calculates routes and maintains the lsdbs for both l1 and l2. Level-2 : configures the router to work on level-2, which...

  • Page 414

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 is-is configuration commands 4-44 examples # configure a name for the local is. System-view [sysname] isis [sysname-isis-1] is-name ruta 4.1.41 is-name map is-name map sys-id map-sys-name undo is-name map sys-id view is-is v...

  • Page 415

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 is-is configuration commands 4-45 parameters none description use the is-snmp-traps enable command to enable the snmp trap function of is-is. Use the undo is-snmp-traps command to disable this function. Snmp trap is enabled ...

  • Page 418

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 is-is configuration commands 4-48 undo lsp-length receive view is-is view parameters size: maximum size of received lsps, in the range of 512 to 16384 bytes. Description use the lsp-length receive command to configure the ma...

  • Page 419

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 is-is configuration commands 4-49 system-view [sysname] isis 100 [sysname-isis-100] maximum load-balancing 2 # restore the default. [sysname-isis-100] undo maximum load-balancing 4.1.48 network-entity syntax network-entity n...

  • Page 421

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 is-is configuration commands 4-51 parameters process-id : clears the data structure information of an is-is process numbered from 1 to 65535. Description use the reset isis all command to clear all isis data structure inform...

  • Page 423

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 is-is configuration commands 4-53 [sysname] isis [sysname-isis-1] set-overload 4.1.53 spf-slice-size syntax spf-slice-size duration-time undo spf-slice-size view is-is view parameters duration-time : specifies the duration i...

  • Page 424

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 is-is configuration commands 4-54 view is-is view parameters ip-address : destination ip address of a summary route. Mask : mask of the destination ip address, in dotted decimal format. Mask-length : mask length, in the rang...

  • Page 426

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 is-is configuration commands 4-56 examples # set the maximum lsp generation interval to 10 seconds, initial interval to 100 milliseconds and the incremental interval to 200 milliseconds. System-view [sysname] isis [sysname-i...

  • Page 427

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 is-is configuration commands 4-57 4.1.57 timer lsp-refresh syntax timer lsp-refresh second s undo timer lsp-refresh view is-is view parameters second s: specifies the lsp refresh interval in seconds, ranging from 1 to 65534....

  • Page 428

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 is-is configuration commands 4-58 parameters maximum-interval : specifies the maximum interval (in seconds) for spf calculations, ranging from 1 to 120. Minimum-interval : specifies the minimum interval (in milliseconds) for...

  • Page 429

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 is-is configuration commands 4-59 parameters virtual-system-id : virtual system id of the is-is process. Description use the virtual-system command to configure a virtual system id for the is-is process. No extended lsps are...

  • Page 430

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 bgp configuration commands 5-1 chapter 5 bgp configuration commands note: the term “router” in this document refers to a generic router or an ethernet switch running routing protocols. 5.1 bgp configuration commands note: fo...

  • Page 431

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 bgp configuration commands 5-2 suppress-policy route-policy-name : suppresses specific routes defined in the routing policy, the name of which is a string of 1 to 19 characters. Origin-policy route-policy-name : references t...

  • Page 432

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 bgp configuration commands 5-3 5.1.2 balance syntax balance number undo balance view bgp view parameters number : number of bgp routes for load balancing. Its range varies with devices. When it is set to 1, load balancing is...

  • Page 433

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 bgp configuration commands 5-4 description use the bestroute as-path-neglect command to configure the bgp router to not evaluate the as_path during best route selection. Use the undo bestroute as-path-neglect command to conf...

  • Page 434

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 bgp configuration commands 5-5 examples # in bgp view, enable the comparison of meds for paths from each as when selecting the best route. System-view [sysname] bgp 100 [sysname-bgp] bestroute compare-med 5.1.5 bestroute med...

  • Page 435

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 bgp configuration commands 5-6 view system view parameters as-number : specifies the local as number from 1 to 65535. Description use the bgp command to enable bgp and enter the bgp view. Use the undo bgp command to disable ...

  • Page 436

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 bgp configuration commands 5-7 examples # in bgp view, enable to compare the med for paths from peers in different ass. System-view [sysname] bgp 100 [sysname-bgp] compare-different-as-med 5.1.8 confederation id syntax confe...

  • Page 437

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 bgp configuration commands 5-8 [sysname-bgp] peer 10.1.1.1 group confed38 [sysname-bgp] group remote98 external [sysname-bgp] peer remote98 as-number 98 [sysname-bgp] peer 200.1.1.1 group remote98 5.1.9 confederation nonstan...

  • Page 438

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 bgp configuration commands 5-9 view bgp view parameters as-number-list : sub-as number list. Up to 32 sub-ass can be configured in one command line. The expression is as-number-list = a s-number &, in which a s-number specif...

  • Page 439

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 bgp configuration commands 5-10 half-life-unreachable : specifies a half-life for suppressed routes from 1 to 45 minutes. By default, the value is 15 minutes. Reuse: specifies a reuse threshold value for suppressed routes fr...

  • Page 440

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 bgp configuration commands 5-11 parameters none description use the default ipv4-unicast command to enable the use of ipv4 unicast address family for all peers. Use the undo default ipv4-unicast command to disable the use of...

  • Page 441

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 bgp configuration commands 5-12 5.1.14 default med syntax default med med-value undo default med view bgp view parameters med-value : default med value, in the range 0 to 4294967295. Description use the default med command t...

  • Page 442

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 bgp configuration commands 5-13 parameters none description use the default-route imported command to allow default route redistribution into the bgp routing table. Use the undo default-route imported command to disallow the...

  • Page 443

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 bgp configuration commands 5-14 maximum allowed prefix number: 4294967295 threshold: 75% configured hold timer value: 180 keepalive timer value: 60 minimum time between advertisement runs is 30 seconds peer preferred value: ...

  • Page 444

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 bgp configuration commands 5-15 field description up/down the lasting time of a session/the lasting time of present state (when no session is established) state state machine of peer 5.1.17 display bgp network syntax display...

  • Page 445

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 bgp configuration commands 5-16 field description route-policy routing policy short-cut short-cut route 5.1.18 display bgp paths syntax display bgp paths [ as-regular-expression ] view any view parameters as-regular-expressi...

  • Page 446

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 bgp configuration commands 5-17 field description origin attribute of the route: i indicates the route is interior to the as. Summary routes and routes defined using the network command are considered igp routes. E indicates...

  • Page 447

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 bgp configuration commands 5-18 received : active hold time: 180 sec negotiated: active hold time: 180 sec peer optional capabilities: peer support bgp multi-protocol extended peer support bgp route refresh capability addres...

  • Page 448

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 bgp configuration commands 5-19 field description address family ipv4 unicast routes are advertised and received in the form of ipv4 unicast received total numbers of received packets and updates sent total numbers of sent p...

  • Page 449

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 bgp configuration commands 5-20 bgp local router id is 10.10.10.1 status codes: * - valid, > - best, d - damped, h - history, i - internal, s - suppressed, s - stale origin : i - igp, e - egp, ? - incomplete network nexthop ...

  • Page 450

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 bgp configuration commands 5-21 field description origin attribute of the route, one of the following values: i indicates that the route is interior to the as. Summary routes and the routes configured using the network comma...

  • Page 451

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 bgp configuration commands 5-22 5.1.22 display bgp routing-table cidr syntax display bgp routing-table cidr view any view parameters none description use the display bgp routing-table cidr command to display bgp cidr (classl...

  • Page 452

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 bgp configuration commands 5-23 no-export : displays routes that are not advertised outside the as. With a confederation configured, it displays routes that are not advertised outside the confederation, but can be advertised...

  • Page 453

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 bgp configuration commands 5-24 description use the display bgp routing-table community-list command to display bgp routing information matching the specified bgp community list. Examples # display bgp routing information ma...

  • Page 454

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 bgp configuration commands 5-25 table 5-7 description on the fields of the display bgp routing-table dampened command field description from ip address from which the route was received reuse reuse time of the route refer to...

  • Page 455

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 bgp configuration commands 5-26 field description halflife time half-life time of active routes suppress-limit limit for a route to be suppressed 5.1.27 display bgp routing-table different-origin-as syntax display bgp routin...

  • Page 456

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 bgp configuration commands 5-27 view any view parameters as-regular-expression : displays route flap information that matches the as path regular expression. As-path-acl-number : displays route flap information matching the ...

  • Page 458

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 bgp configuration commands 5-29 5.1.30 display bgp routing-table regular-expression syntax display bgp routing-table regular-expression as-regular-expression view any view parameters as-regular-expression : as regular expres...

  • Page 459

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 bgp configuration commands 5-30 description use the display bgp routing-table statistic command to display bgp routing statistics. Examples # display bgp routing statistics. Display bgp routing-table statistic total number o...

  • Page 462

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 bgp configuration commands 5-33 internal : creates an ibgp peer group. Description use the group command to create a peer group. Use the undo group command to delete a peer group. An ibgp peer group is created if neither int...

  • Page 463

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 bgp configuration commands 5-34 description use the import-route command to configure bgp to redistribute routes from a specified routing protocol and advertise redistributed routes. Use the undo import-route command to disa...

  • Page 466

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 bgp configuration commands 5-37 description use the peer advertise-ext-community command to advertise the extended community attribute to a peer/peer group. Use the undo peer advertise-ext-community command to disable the ad...

  • Page 467

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 bgp configuration commands 5-38 examples # in bgp view, configure the repeating times of the local as number as 2 for routes from peer 1.1.1.1. System-view [sysname] bgp 100 [sysname-bgp] peer 1.1.1.1 allow-as-loop 2 5.1.42 ...

  • Page 469

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 bgp configuration commands 5-40 description use the peer capability-advertise conventional command to disable bgp multi-protocol extension and route refresh for a peer/peer group. Use the undo peer capability-advertise conve...

  • Page 471

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 bgp configuration commands 5-42 view bgp view parameters group-name : name of a peer group, a string of 1 to 47 characters. Ip-address : ip address of a peer. Route-policy-name : routing policy name, a string of 1 to 19 char...

  • Page 472

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 bgp configuration commands 5-43 description use the peer description command to configure the description information for a peer/peer group. Use the undo peer description command to remove the description information of a pe...

  • Page 473

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 bgp configuration commands 5-44 examples # in bgp view, allow establishing the ebgp connection with the peer group test that is on an indirectly connected network. System-view [sysname] bgp 100 [sysname-bgp] peer test ebgp-m...

  • Page 474

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 bgp configuration commands 5-45 parameters group-name : name of a peer group, a string of 1 to 47 characters. Ip-address : ip address of a peer. As-number : local autonomous system number, in the range 1 to 65535. Descriptio...

  • Page 475

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 bgp configuration commands 5-46 description use the peer filter-policy command to configure an acl-based filter policy for a peer or peer group. Use the undo peer filter-policy command to remove the configuration. By default...

  • Page 477

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 bgp configuration commands 5-48 ip-prefix-name : ip prefix list name, a string of 1 to 19 characters. Export : applies the filter to routes advertised to the specified peer/peer group. Import : applies the filter to routes r...

  • Page 479

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 bgp configuration commands 5-50 ip-address : ip address of a peer. Description use the peer next-hop-local command to specify the router as the next hop for routes to a peer/peer group. Use the undo peer next-hop-local comma...

  • Page 480

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 bgp configuration commands 5-51 once md5 authentication is enabled, both parties must be configured with the same authentication mode and password. Otherwise, the tcp connection will not be set up. Examples # in bgp view, pe...

  • Page 483

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 bgp configuration commands 5-54 ip-address : ip address of a peer. Limit : upper limit of ip prefixes that can be received from the peer or peer group, in the range 1 to 131072. Percentage : if the number of received routes ...

  • Page 484

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 bgp configuration commands 5-55 description use the peer route-policy command to apply a routing policy to routes incoming from or outgoing to a peer or peer group. Use the undo peer route-policy command to remove the config...

  • Page 486

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 bgp configuration commands 5-57 ip-address : ip address of a peer. Keepalive : keepalive interval in seconds, ranging from 1 to 21845. Holdtime : holdtime interval in seconds, ranging from 3 to 65535. Description use the pee...

  • Page 487

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 bgp configuration commands 5-58 description use the preference command to configure preferences for external, internal, and local routes. Use the undo preference command to restore the default. For external-preference , inte...

  • Page 488

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 bgp configuration commands 5-59 [sysname-bgp] undo reflect between-clients 5.1.70 reflector cluster-id syntax reflector cluster-id cluster-id undo reflector cluster-id view bgp view parameters cluster-id : cluster id of the ...

  • Page 489

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 bgp configuration commands 5-60 parameters all : soft-resets all bgp connections. Ip-address : soft-resets the bgp connection to a peer. Group-name : soft-resets connections to a peer group, name of which is a sting of 1 to ...

  • Page 490

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 bgp configuration commands 5-61 external : resets all the ebgp connections. Internal : resets all the ibgp connections. Description use the reset bgp command to reset specified bgp connections. Examples # reset all the bgp c...

  • Page 491

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 bgp configuration commands 5-62 parameters as-path-regexp : clears the flap statistics of routes matching the as path regular expression. As-path-acl-number: clears the flap statistics of routes matching an as path acl, numb...

  • Page 492

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 bgp configuration commands 5-63 5.1.76 router-id syntax router-id router-id undo router-id view bgp view parameters router-id : router id in ip address format. Description use the router-id command to specify a router id. Us...

  • Page 493

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 bgp configuration commands 5-64 parameters none description use the summary automatic command to enable automatic summarization for redistributed subnets. Use the undo summary automatic command to disable automatic summariza...

  • Page 494

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 bgp configuration commands 5-65 with this feature enabled and when a non-bgp router is responsible for forwarding packets in an as, bgp speakers in the as cannot advertise routing information to other ass unless all routers ...

  • Page 495

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 bgp configuration commands 5-66 examples # configure keepalive interval and holdtime interval as 40s and 120s. System-view [sysname] bgp 100 [sysname-bgp] timer keepalive 60 hold 180

  • Page 496: Commands

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 6 routing policy configuration commands 6-1 chapter 6 routing policy configuration commands note: z the term “router” in this document refers to a generic router or a layer 3 switch running routing protocols. Z routing policy ...

  • Page 497

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 6 routing policy configuration commands 6-2 examples # create routing policy policy1 with node 10, matching mode as permit. If bgp routing information matches as-path-acl 1, add as number 200 before the original as_path attrib...

  • Page 500

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 6 routing policy configuration commands 6-5 view routing policy view parameters external : is-is external route. Internal : is-is internal route. Type-1 : type-1 external route of ospf. Type-2 : type-2 external route of ospf. ...

  • Page 501

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 6 routing policy configuration commands 6-6 description use the apply extcommunity command to apply the specified extended community attribute to bgp routes. Use the undo apply extcommunity command to remove the clause configu...

  • Page 502

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 6 routing policy configuration commands 6-7 [sysname-route-policy] if-match tag 8 [sysname-route-policy] apply isis level-2 6.1.8 apply local-preference syntax apply local-preference preference undo apply local-preference view...

  • Page 503

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 6 routing policy configuration commands 6-8 egp : sets the origin of bgp routing information to egp. As-number : autonomous system number for egp routes, in the range of 1 to 65535. Incomplete : sets the origin of bgp routing ...

  • Page 504

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 6 routing policy configuration commands 6-9 examples # create routing policy policy1 with node 10, matching mode as permit. If a route matches ospf external route type, set the preference for the routing protocol to 90. System...

  • Page 505

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 6 routing policy configuration commands 6-10 view routing policy view parameters value : tag value, in the range 0 to 4294967295. Description use the apply tag command to set a specified tag value for rip, ospf or is-is routin...

  • Page 506

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 6 routing policy configuration commands 6-11 examples # display the information of bgp as path list 1. Display ip as-path 1 listid mode expression 1 permit 2 table 6-1 description on the fields of the display ip as-path comman...

  • Page 507

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 6 routing policy configuration commands 6-12 6.1.15 display ip extcommunity-list syntax display ip extcommunity-list [ ext-comm-list-number ] view any view parameters ext-comm-list-number : extended community list number, in t...

  • Page 508

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 6 routing policy configuration commands 6-13 examples # display the information of routing policy 1. Display route-policy policy1 route-policy : policy1 permit : 10 if-match ip-prefix abc apply cost 120 table 6-2 description o...

  • Page 509

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 6 routing policy configuration commands 6-14 examples # define as-path list 2, allowing routing information containing as 200 or 300 to pass. Define routing policy test with node 10, and set an if-match clause using the as-pat...

  • Page 510

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 6 routing policy configuration commands 6-15 examples # define community-list 1, allowing routing information with community number 100 or 200 to pass. Then define a routing policy named test, whose node 10 is defined with an ...

  • Page 511

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 6 routing policy configuration commands 6-16 6.1.20 if-match extcommunity syntax if-match extcommunity ext-comm-list-number & undo if-match extcommunity [ ext-comm-list-number & ] view routing policy view parameters ext-comm-l...

  • Page 512

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 6 routing policy configuration commands 6-17 description use the if-match interface command to specify interface(s) for matching against the outbound interfaces of routing information. Use the undo if-match interface command t...

  • Page 513

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 6 routing policy configuration commands 6-18 nssa-external-type1or2 : ospf nssa type 1 or 2 external routes. Description use the if-match route-type command to configure a route type match criterion. Use the undo if-match rout...

  • Page 515

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 6 routing policy configuration commands 6-20 examples # create an as path acl numbered 1, permitting routing information whose as_path starts with 10. System-view [sysname] ip as-path-acl 1 permit ^10 6.1.25 ip community-list ...

  • Page 516

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 6 routing policy configuration commands 6-21 description use the ip community-list to define a community list entry. Use the undo ip community-list command to remove a community list or entry. No community list is defined by d...

  • Page 517

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 6 routing policy configuration commands 6-22 no extended community list is defined by default. Examples # define extended community list 1 to permit routing information with rt 200:200. System-view [sysname] ip extcommunity-li...

  • Page 518

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 6 routing policy configuration commands 6-23 related commands: if-match interface , if-match acl , if-match ip-prefix , if-match ip next-hop , if-match cost , if-match tag , apply ip-address next-hop , apply local-preference ,...

  • Page 519

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 6 routing policy configuration commands 6-24 [sysname] route-policy policy1 permit node 10 [sysname-route-policy] if-match as-path 1 [sysname-route-policy] apply ip-address next-hop 193.1.1.8 6.2.2 display ip ip-prefix syntax ...

  • Page 520

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 6 routing policy configuration commands 6-25 6.2.3 if-match acl syntax if-match acl acl-number undo if-match acl view routing policy view parameters acl-number : acl number from 2000 to 3999. Description use the if-match acl c...

  • Page 521

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 6 routing policy configuration commands 6-26 ip-prefix ip-prefix-name : matches an ip prefix list with a name being a string of 1 to 19 characters. Description use the if-match ip command to configure a next hop or source addr...

  • Page 522

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 6 routing policy configuration commands 6-27 examples # create routing policy policy1 with node 10, matching mode as permit. Define an if-match clause to permit a route whose destination address matches ip prefix list p1 . Sys...

  • Page 523

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 6 routing policy configuration commands 6-28 description use the ip ip-prefix command to configure an ipv4 prefix list item. Use the undo ip ip-prefix command to remove an ipv4 prefix list or an item. No ipv4 prefix list is co...

  • Page 524

    Command manual – ipv4 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 6 routing policy configuration commands 6-29 examples # clear the statistics of ipv4 prefix list abc . Reset ip ip-prefix abc.

  • Page 525: Table of Contents

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches table of contents i table of contents chapter 1 ipv6 static routing configuration commands......................................................... 1-1 1.1 ipv6 static routing configuration commands ......................................

  • Page 526

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches table of contents ii 3.1.10 display ospfv3 peer ............................................................................................. 3-12 3.1.11 display ospfv3 peer statistic .....................................................

  • Page 527

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches table of contents iii chapter 5 ipv6 bgp configuration commands ......................................................................... 5-1 5.1 ipv6 bgp configuration commands ...........................................................

  • Page 528

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches table of contents iv 5.1.41 peer fake-as ........................................................................................................ 5-36 5.1.42 peer filter-policy ............................................................

  • Page 529: Commands

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ipv6 static routing configuration commands 1-1 chapter 1 ipv6 static routing configuration commands note: z throughout this chapter, the term “router” refers to a layer 3 switch running routing protocols z at present, the ls...

  • Page 530

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ipv6 static routing configuration commands 1-2 are you sure?[y/n]y 1.1.2 ipv6 route-static syntax ipv6 route-static ipv6-address prefix-length [ interface-type interface-number ] nexthop-address [ preference preference-value...

  • Page 531

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 ipv6 ripng configuration commands 2-1 chapter 2 ipv6 ripng configuration commands note: z throughout this chapter, the term “router” refers to a layer 3 switch running routing protocols. Z at present, the lsq1gp12ea boards i...

  • Page 532

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 ipv6 ripng configuration commands 2-2 2.1.2 default cost syntax default cost cost undo default cost view ripng view parameters cost : default metric of redistributed routes, in the range of 0 to 16. Description use the defau...

  • Page 533

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 ipv6 ripng configuration commands 2-3 description use the display ripng command to display the running status and configuration information of a ripng process. If process-id is not specified, information of all ripng process...

  • Page 534

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 ipv6 ripng configuration commands 2-4 2.1.4 display ripng database syntax display ripng process-id database view any view parameters process-id : ripng process id, in the range of 1 to 65535. Description use the display ripn...

  • Page 535

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 ipv6 ripng configuration commands 2-5 table 2-2 description on fields of the display ripng database command field description 2001:7b::2:2a1:5de/64 ipv6 destination address/prefix length via next hop ipv6 address cost route ...

  • Page 536

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 ipv6 ripng configuration commands 2-6 table 2-3 description on the fields of the display ripng interface command field description interface-name name of an interface running ripng. Link local address link-local address of a...

  • Page 537

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 ipv6 ripng configuration commands 2-7 peer fe80::20f:e2ff:fe00:220a on vlan-interface100 dest 4:3::/64, via fe80::20f:e2ff:fe00:220a, cost 1, tag 0, a, 34 sec table 2-4 description on the fields of the display ripng route co...

  • Page 538

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 ipv6 ripng configuration commands 2-8 description use the filter-policy export command to define an outbound route filtering policy. Only routes passing the filter can be advertised in the update messages. Use the undo filte...

  • Page 540

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 ipv6 ripng configuration commands 2-10 [sysname-ripng-100] import-route isisv6 7 cost 7 2.1.10 maximum load-balancing syntax maximum load-balancing number undo maximum load-balancing view ripng view parameters number : maxim...

  • Page 541

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 ipv6 ripng configuration commands 2-11 view ripng view parameters route-policy-name : name of a routing policy, in the range of 1 to 19 characters. Preference : ripng route priority, in the range of 1 to 255. Description use...

  • Page 542

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 ipv6 ripng configuration commands 2-12 description use the ripng command to create a ripng process and enter ripng view. Use the undo ripng command to disable a ripng process. By default, no ripng process is enabled. Example...

  • Page 543

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 ipv6 ripng configuration commands 2-13 examples # advertise only the default route via vlan-interface 100. System-view [sysname] interface vlan-interface 100 [sysname-vlan-interface100] ripng default-route only # advertise t...

  • Page 544

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 ipv6 ripng configuration commands 2-14 view interface view parameters value : additional metric for received routes, in the range of 0 to 16. Description use the ripng metricin command to specify an additional metric for rec...

  • Page 545

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 ipv6 ripng configuration commands 2-15 examples # set the additional metric to 12 for routes advertised by vlan-interface 100. System-view [sysname] interface vlan-interface 100 [sysname-vlan-interface100] ripng metricout 12...

  • Page 546

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 ipv6 ripng configuration commands 2-16 parameters none description use the rip split-horizon command to enable the split horizon function. Use the undo rip split-horizon command to disable the split horizon function. By defa...

  • Page 547

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 ipv6 ripng configuration commands 2-17 description use the ripng summary-address command to configure a summary advertised through the interface. Use the undo ripng summary-address command to remove the summary. If the prefi...

  • Page 548

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 ipv6 ripng configuration commands 2-18 z the update timer defines the interval between update messages. Z the timeout timer defines the route aging time. If no update message related to a route is received within the aging t...

  • Page 549

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 ipv6 ospfv3 configuration commands 3-1 chapter 3 ipv6 ospfv3 configuration commands note: at present, the lsq1gp12ea boards in the s7500e series do not support ipv6. 3.1 ospfv3 configuration commands 3.1.1 abr-summary syntax...

  • Page 550

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 ipv6 ospfv3 configuration commands 3-2 examples # summarize networks 2000:1:1:1::/64 and 2000:1:1:2::/64 in area 1 with 2000:1:1::/48. System-view [sysname] ospfv3 1 [sysname-ospfv3-1] area 1 [sysname-ospfv3-1-area-0.0.0.1] ...

  • Page 551

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 ipv6 ospfv3 configuration commands 3-3 undo default cost view ospfv3 view parameters value : specifies a default cost for redistributed routes, in the range of 1 to 16777214. Description use the default cost command to confi...

  • Page 552

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 ipv6 ospfv3 configuration commands 3-4 use of this command is only available on the abr that is connected to a stub area. You have two commands to configure a stub area: stub , defaulted-cost . You need to use the stub comma...

  • Page 553

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 ipv6 ospfv3 configuration commands 3-5 number of lsa originated 0 number of lsa received 0 number of areas in this router is 2 area backbone(0) number of interfaces in this area is 1 spf algorithm executed 1 times number of ...

  • Page 554

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 ipv6 ospfv3 configuration commands 3-6 field description number of interfaces in this area number of interfaces attached to this area spf algorithm executed 1 times spf algorithm is executed 1 time number of lsa number of ls...

  • Page 555

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 ipv6 ospfv3 configuration commands 3-7 hello due in 00:00:08 neighbor count is 1, adjacent neighbor count is 1 table 3-2 description on the fields of the display ospfv3 interface command field description interface id interf...

  • Page 556

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 ipv6 ospfv3 configuration commands 3-8 parameters process-id : specifies id of an ospfv3 process, ranging from 1 to 65535. External : specifies to display information about as-external lsas. Inter-prefix : specifies to displ...

  • Page 557

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 ipv6 ospfv3 configuration commands 3-9 table 3-3 description on the fields of the display ospfv3 lsdb command field description link-lsa type 8 lsa link state id link state id origin router originating router age age of lsas...

  • Page 559

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 ipv6 ospfv3 configuration commands 3-11 description use the display ospfv3 lsdb statistic command to display lsa statistics in the ospfv3 lsdb. Examples # display ospfv3 lsdb statistics. Display ospfv3 lsdb statistic ospfv3 ...

  • Page 560

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 ipv6 ospfv3 configuration commands 3-12 description use the display ospfv3 next-hop command to display ospfv3 next hop information. If no process is specified, next hop information of all ospfv3 processes is displayed. Examp...

  • Page 561

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 ipv6 ospfv3 configuration commands 3-13 description use the display ospfv3 peer command to display ospfv3 neighbor information. Z if no area-id is specified, the neighbor information of all areas is displayed. Z if no proces...

  • Page 562

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 ipv6 ospfv3 configuration commands 3-14 table 3-8 description on the fields of the display ospfv3 peer verbose command field description neighbor neighbor id interface address interface address in the area 0.0.0.2 via interf...

  • Page 563

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 ipv6 ospfv3 configuration commands 3-15 total 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 table 3-9 description on the fields of the display ospfv3 peer statistic command field description area id area id down in this state, neighbor initial state, the r...

  • Page 564

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 ipv6 ospfv3 configuration commands 3-16 intra-prefix : displays the intra-area-prefix lsa information of the ospfv3 link state request list. Link : displays the link lsa information of the ospfv3 link state request list. Net...

  • Page 565

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 ipv6 ospfv3 configuration commands 3-17 field description age age of lsa cksum checksum # display the statistics of ospfv3 link state request list. Display ospfv3 request-list statistics ospfv3 router with id (1.1.1.1) (proc...

  • Page 566

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 ipv6 ospfv3 configuration commands 3-18 intra-prefix : displays the intra-area-prefix lsa information of the ospfv3 link state retransmission list. Link : displays the link lsa information of the ospfv3 link state retransmis...

  • Page 567

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 ipv6 ospfv3 configuration commands 3-19 field description seqnum lsa sequence number age age of lsa cksum checksum # display the statistics of ospfv3 link state retransmission list. Display ospfv3 retrans-list statistics osp...

  • Page 568

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 ipv6 ospfv3 configuration commands 3-20 description use the display ospfv3 routing command to display ospfv3 routing table information. If no process is specified, routing table information of all ospfv3 processes is display...

  • Page 569

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 ipv6 ospfv3 configuration commands 3-21 table 3-15 description on the fields of the display ospfv3 routing statistics command field description intra-area-routes number of intra-area-routes inter-area-routes number of inter-...

  • Page 570

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 ipv6 ospfv3 configuration commands 3-22 field description type type of packet input number of packets received by the interface output number of packets sent by the interface hello hello packet db description database descri...

  • Page 571

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 ipv6 ospfv3 configuration commands 3-23 table 3-17 description on the fields of the display ospfv3 topology command field description type type of node id(if-index) router id bits flag bit metric cost value next-hop next hop...

  • Page 572

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 ipv6 ospfv3 configuration commands 3-24 table 3-18 description on the fields of the display ospfv3 vlink command field description virtual link vlink1 to router 1.1.1.1 is up the virtual link vlink1 to router 1.1.1.1 is up t...

  • Page 573

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 ipv6 ospfv3 configuration commands 3-25 bgp4+ : specifies to filter bgp4+ routes. Direct : specifies to filter direct routes. Static : specifies to filter static routes. Description use the filter-policy export command to fi...

  • Page 574

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 ipv6 ospfv3 configuration commands 3-26 ipv6-prefix ipv6-prefix-name : specifies the name of an ipv6 prefix list, a string of up to 19 characters. Description use the filter-policy import command to filter received routes. U...

  • Page 575

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 ipv6 ospfv3 configuration commands 3-27 bgp4+ : redistributes bgp4+ routes. Allow-ibgp : allows redistributing ibgp routes. Direct : redistributes direct routes. Static : redistributes static routes. Cost value : cost for re...

  • Page 576

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 ipv6 ospfv3 configuration commands 3-28 undo log-peer-change view ospfv3 view parameters none description use the log-peer-change command to enable the logging on neighbor state changes. Use the undo maximum load-balancing c...

  • Page 577

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 ipv6 ospfv3 configuration commands 3-29 examples # configure the maximum number of equal-cost routes for load-balancing as 2. System-view [sysname] ospfv3 1 [sysname-ospfv3-1] maximum load-balancing 2 3.1.23 ospfv3 syntax os...

  • Page 578

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 ipv6 ospfv3 configuration commands 3-30 3.1.24 ospfv3 area syntax ospfv3 process-id area area-id [ instance instance-id ] undo ospfv3 process-id area area-id [ instance instance-id ] view interface view parameters process-id...

  • Page 579

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 ipv6 ospfv3 configuration commands 3-31 description use the ospfv3 cost command to configure the ospfv3 cost of the interface in an instance. Use the undo ospfv3 cost command to restore the default ospfv3 cost of the interfa...

  • Page 580

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 ipv6 ospfv3 configuration commands 3-32 3.1.27 ospfv3 mtu-ignore syntax ospfv3 mtu-ignore [ instance instance-id ] undo ospfv3 mtu-ignore [ instance instance-id ] view interface view parameters instance-id : instance id, in ...

  • Page 581

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 ipv6 ospfv3 configuration commands 3-33 use the undo ospfv3 timer dead command to restore the default. By default, the ospfv3 neighbor dead time is 40 seconds. Ospfv3 neighbor dead time: if an interface receives no hello pac...

  • Page 582

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 ipv6 ospfv3 configuration commands 3-34 3.1.30 ospfv3 timer retransmit syntax ospfv3 timer retransmit interval [ instance instance-id ] undo ospfv3 timer retransmit [ instance instance-id ] view interface view parameters int...

  • Page 583

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 ipv6 ospfv3 configuration commands 3-35 parameters seconds : transmission delay in seconds, ranging from 1 to 3600. Instance-id : instance id of an interface, in the range of 0 to 255, with the default as 0. Description use ...

  • Page 584

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 ipv6 ospfv3 configuration commands 3-36 by default, the preference for ospfv3 internal routes is 10, and that for ospfv3 external routes is 150. The smaller the value is, the higher the preference is. A router may run multip...

  • Page 585

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 ipv6 ospfv3 configuration commands 3-37 examples # configure the router id as 10.1.1.3 for ospfv3 process 1. System-view [sysname] ospfv3 1 [sysname-ospfv3-1] router-id 10.1.1.3 3.1.34 silent-interface syntax silent-interfac...

  • Page 586

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 ipv6 ospfv3 configuration commands 3-38 3.1.35 spf timers syntax spf timers delay-interval hold-interval undo spf timers view ospfv3 view parameters delay-interval : interval in seconds between when ospfv3 receives a topolog...

  • Page 587

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 ipv6 ospfv3 configuration commands 3-39 parameters no-summary : this argument is only applicable to the abr of a stub area. With it configured, the abr advertises only a default route in a summary-lsa to the stub area (such ...

  • Page 588

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 ipv6 ospfv3 configuration commands 3-40 dead seconds : specifies the neighbor dead time in seconds, ranging from 1 to 32768, with the default as 40. This value must be equal to the dead seconds configured on the virtual link...

  • Page 589

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 ipv6 is-is configuration commands 4-1 chapter 4 ipv6 is-is configuration commands 4.1 ipv6 is-is configuration commands note: z ipv6 is-is supports all the features of ipv4 is-is except that it advertises ipv6 routing inform...

  • Page 590

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 ipv6 is-is configuration commands 4-2 examples # display ipv6 is-is routing information. Display isis route ipv6 route information for isis(1) ----------------------------- isis(1) ipv6 level-1 forwarding table -------------...

  • Page 591

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 ipv6 is-is configuration commands 4-3 interface : vlan100 next hop : direct ipv6 dest : 2001:2::/64 cost : 20 flag : r/-/- preference : 15 admin tag : - interface : vlan100 next hop : fe80::2e0:fcff:fe00:242a ipv6 dest : 200...

  • Page 592

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 ipv6 is-is configuration commands 4-4 parameters route-policy-name : specifies the name of a routing policy with a string of 1 to 19 characters. Level-1 : specifies the default route as level-1. Level-2 : specifies the defau...

  • Page 593

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 ipv6 is-is configuration commands 4-5 parameters none description use the ipv6 enable command to enable ipv6 for the ipv6 is-is process. Use the undo ipv6 enable command to disable ipv6. Ipv6 is disabled by default. Examples...

  • Page 594

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 ipv6 is-is configuration commands 4-6 description use the ipv6 filter-policy export command to configure ipv6 is-is to filter redistributed routes before advertisement. Use the undo ipv6 filter-policy export command to disab...

  • Page 595

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 ipv6 is-is configuration commands 4-7 description use the ipv6 filter-policy import command to configure ipv6 is-is to filter the received routes. Use the undo ipv6 filter-policy import command to disable the filtering. The ...

  • Page 596

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 ipv6 is-is configuration commands 4-8 allow-ibgp : allows the redistribution of ibgp routes. This keyword is optional when the protocol is bgp4+ . Description use the ipv6 import-route command to enable ipv6 is-is to redistr...

  • Page 597

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 ipv6 is-is configuration commands 4-9 parameters acl6-number : number of a basic or advanced acl6 used to filter routes when they are leaking from level-2 to level-1, ranging from 2000 to 3999. Ipv6-prefix-name : name of an ...

  • Page 598

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 ipv6 is-is configuration commands 4-10 description use the ipv6 maximum load - balancing command to configure the maximum number of equal-cost routes for load balancing. Use the undo ipv6 maximum load-balancing command to re...

  • Page 599

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 ipv6 is-is configuration commands 4-11 same destination, the route found by the protocol with the highest preference is selected. Examples # configure the preference of ipv6 is-is protocol as 20. System-view [sysname] isis [...

  • Page 600

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 ipv6 is-is configuration commands 4-12 route summarization is disabled by default. Configuring summary routes can reduce the size of the route table, lsps and lsdb. Routes to be summarized can be is-is routes or redistribute...

  • Page 601

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 ipv6 bgp configuration commands 5-1 chapter 5 ipv6 bgp configuration commands note: at present, the lsq1gp12ea boards in the s7500e series do not support ipv6. 5.1 ipv6 bgp configuration commands 5.1.1 balance syntax balance...

  • Page 602

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 ipv6 bgp configuration commands 5-2 5.1.2 bestroute as-path-neglect syntax bestroute as-path-neglect undo bestroute as-path-neglect view ipv6 address family view parameters none description use the bestroute as-path-neglect ...

  • Page 603

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 ipv6 bgp configuration commands 5-3 use the undo bestroute compare-med command to disable this comparison. This comparison is not enabled by default. Caution: after the bestroute compare-med command is executed, the balance ...

  • Page 604

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 ipv6 bgp configuration commands 5-4 system-view [sysname] bgp 100 [sysname-bgp] ipv6-family [sysname-bgp-af-ipv6] bestroute med-confederation 5.1.5 compare-different-as-med syntax compare-different-as-med undo compare-differ...

  • Page 605

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 ipv6 bgp configuration commands 5-5 view ipv6 address family view parameters half-life-reachable : half-life for reachable routes, in the range 1 to 45 minutes. By default, the value is 15 minutes. Half-life-unreachable : ha...

  • Page 606

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 ipv6 bgp configuration commands 5-6 5.1.7 default local-preference syntax default local-preference value undo default local-preference view ipv6 address family view parameters value : default local preference, in the range 0...

  • Page 607

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 ipv6 bgp configuration commands 5-7 description use the default med command to specify the default med value. Use the undo default med command to restore the default. By default, the default med-value is 0. The multi-exit di...

  • Page 608

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 ipv6 bgp configuration commands 5-8 system-view [sysname] bgp 100 [sysname-bgp] ipv6-family [sysname-bgp-af-ipv6] default-route imported [sysname-bgp-af-ipv6] import-route ospfv3 1 5.1.10 display bgp ipv6 group syntax displa...

  • Page 609

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 ipv6 bgp configuration commands 5-9 table 5-1 description on the fields of the display bgp ipv6 group command field description bgp peer-group name of the peer group remote as as number of the peer group type type of the pee...

  • Page 610

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 ipv6 bgp configuration commands 5-10 description use the display bgp ipv6 network command to display ipv6 routes advertised with the network command. Examples # display ipv6 routes advertised with the network command. Displa...

  • Page 611

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 ipv6 bgp configuration commands 5-11 examples # display ipv6 bgp path information. Display bgp ipv6 paths address hash refcount med path/origin 0x5917098 1 1 0 i 0x59171d0 9 2 0 100i table 5-3 description on the fields of th...

  • Page 612

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 ipv6 bgp configuration commands 5-12 ipv6-address : specifies the ipv6 address of a peer to be displayed. Log-info : displays log information of the specified peer. Verbose : displays the detailed information of the peer. De...

  • Page 613

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 ipv6 bgp configuration commands 5-13 view any view parameters ipv6-address : destination ipv6 address. Prefix-length : prefix length of the ipv6 address, in the range 0 to 128. Description use the display bgp ipv6 routing-ta...

  • Page 614

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 ipv6 bgp configuration commands 5-14 table 5-5 description on the fields of the display bgp ipv6 routing-table command field description local router id local router id status codes status codes: * – valid > – best d – dampe...

  • Page 615

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 ipv6 bgp configuration commands 5-15 5.1.15 display bgp ipv6 routing-table as-path-acl syntax display bgp ipv6 routing-table as-path-acl as-path-acl-number view any view parameters as-path-acl-number : number of an as path a...

  • Page 616

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 ipv6 bgp configuration commands 5-16 parameters aa:nn : specifies a community number; both aa and nn are in the range 0 to 65535. &: indicates the argument before it can be entered up to 13 times. No-advertise : displays rou...

  • Page 617

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 ipv6 bgp configuration commands 5-17 parameters basic-community-list-number : specifies a basic community-list number, in the range 1 to 99. Adv-community-list-number : specifies an advanced community-list number, in the ran...

  • Page 618

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 ipv6 bgp configuration commands 5-18 description use the display bgp ipv6 routing-table dampened command to display the ipv6 bgp dampened routes. Examples # display ipv6 bgp dampened routes. Display bgp ipv6 routing-table da...

  • Page 619

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 ipv6 bgp configuration commands 5-19 examples # display ipv6 bgp routing dampening parameters. Display bgp ipv6 routing-table dampening parameter maximum suppress time(in second) : 3069 ceiling value : 16000 reuse value : 75...

  • Page 620

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 ipv6 bgp configuration commands 5-20 origin : i - igp, e - egp, ? - incomplete *> network : 222:: prefixlen : 64 nexthop : 122::2 locprf : prefval : 0 label : null med : 0 path/ogn: 100 ? Refer to table 5-5 for description o...

  • Page 621

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 ipv6 bgp configuration commands 5-21 duration : 00:13:47 reuse : 00:16:36 path/ogn : 200? Table 5-8 description on the fields of the display bgp ipv6 routing-table flap-info command field description flaps number of flaps du...

  • Page 622

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 ipv6 bgp configuration commands 5-22 h - history, i - internal, s - suppressed, s - stale origin : i - igp, e - egp, ? - incomplete *> network : 20:20:: prefixlen : 64 nexthop : 20:20::20:1 locprf : prefval : 0 label : null ...

  • Page 623

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 ipv6 bgp configuration commands 5-23 prefval : 0 label : null med : 0 path/ogn: 100 i refer to table 5-5 for description on the fields above. 5.1.24 display bgp ipv6 routing-table statistic syntax display bgp ipv6 routing-ta...

  • Page 624

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 ipv6 bgp configuration commands 5-24 ipv6-prefix-name : specifies the name of an ipv6 prefix list used to match against the destination address field of routing information. The name is a string of 1 to 19 characters. Protoc...

  • Page 625

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 ipv6 bgp configuration commands 5-25 description use the filter-policy import command to filter inbound routing information using a specified filter. Use the undo filter-policy import command to cancel filtering inbound rout...

  • Page 627

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 ipv6 bgp configuration commands 5-27 view bgp view parameters none description use the ipv6-family command to enter ipv6 address family view. Use the undo ipv6-family command to remove all configurations from the view. Ipv4 ...

  • Page 628

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 ipv6 bgp configuration commands 5-28 note that: z the route to be advertised must exist in the local ip routing table, and using a routing policy makes route management more flexible. Z the route advertised to the bgp routin...

  • Page 630

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 ipv6 bgp configuration commands 5-30 description use the peer allow-as-loop command to configure ipv6 bgp to allow the local as number to exist in the as_path attribute of routes from a peer/peer group, and to configure the ...

  • Page 631

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 ipv6 bgp configuration commands 5-31 system-view [sysname] bgp 100 [sysname-bgp] ipv6-family [sysname-bgp-af-ipv6] group test external [sysname-bgp-af-ipv6] peer test as-number 200 5.1.35 peer as-path-acl syntax peer { ipv6-...

  • Page 633

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 ipv6 bgp configuration commands 5-33 ipv6-address : ipv6 address of a peer. Interface-type interface-number : specifies the type and name of the interface. Description use the peer connect-interface command to specify the so...

  • Page 634

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 ipv6 bgp configuration commands 5-34 description use the peer default-route-advertise command to advertise a default route to a peer/peer group. Use the undo peer default-route-advertise command to disable advertising a defa...

  • Page 635

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 ipv6 bgp configuration commands 5-35 examples # configure the description for the peer group test as isp1 . [sysname] bgp 100 [sysname-bgp] ipv6-family [sysname-bgp-af-ipv6] group test external [sysname-bgp-af-ipv6] peer tes...

  • Page 637

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 ipv6 bgp configuration commands 5-37 ipv6-address : ipv6 address of a peer. Acl6-number : ipv6 acl number, in the range 2000 to 3999. Import : applies the filter-policy to routes received from the peer/peer group. Export : a...

  • Page 638

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 ipv6 bgp configuration commands 5-38 examples # create a peer group named test and add the peer 1:2::3:4 to the peer group. System-view [sysname] bgp 100 [sysname-bgp] ipv6-family [sysname-bgp-af-ipv6] group test external [s...

  • Page 640

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 ipv6 bgp configuration commands 5-40 parameters ipv6-group-name : name of an ipv6 peer group, a string of 1 to 47 characters. Ipv6-address : ipv6 address of a peer. Description use the peer keep-all-routes command to save th...

  • Page 642

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 ipv6 bgp configuration commands 5-42 parameters ipv6-group-name : name of a peer group, a string of 1 to 47 characters. Ipv6-address : ipv6 address of a peer. Value : preferred value, in the range 0 to 65535. Description use...

  • Page 643

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 ipv6 bgp configuration commands 5-43 parameters ipv6-group-name : name of a peer group, a string of 1 to 47 characters. Ipv6-address : ipv6 address of a peer. Description use the peer public-as-only command to configure ipv6...

  • Page 644

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 ipv6 bgp configuration commands 5-44 examples # configure the local device as a route reflector and specify the peer group test as a client. System-view [sysname] bgp 100 [sysname-bgp] ipv6-family [sysname-bgp-af-ipv6] group...

  • Page 647

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 ipv6 bgp configuration commands 5-47 parameters ipv6-group-name : name of a peer group, a string of 1 to 47 characters. Ipv6-address : ipv6 address of a peer. Description use the peer substitute-as command to substitute the ...

  • Page 648

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 ipv6 bgp configuration commands 5-48 z the timer configured with this command is preferred to the timer configured with the timer command. Z the holdtime interval must be at least three times the keepalive interval. Related ...

  • Page 649

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 ipv6 bgp configuration commands 5-49 the bigger the preference value is, the lower the preference is. The default values of external-preference , internal-preference and local-preference are 255, 255 and 130 respectively. Ex...

  • Page 650

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 ipv6 bgp configuration commands 5-50 5.1.59 reflector cluster-id syntax reflector cluster-id cluster-id undo reflector cluster-id view ipv6 address family view parameters cluster-id : specifies the cluster id of the route re...

  • Page 651

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 ipv6 bgp configuration commands 5-51 parameters ipv6-address : soft-resets the connection with an ipv6 bgp peer. All : soft-resets all ipv6 bgp connections. External : soft-resets ebgp connections. Group ipv6-group-name : so...

  • Page 652

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 ipv6 bgp configuration commands 5-52 external : resets all the ebgp connections. Internal : resets all the ibgp connections. Description use the reset bgp ipv6 command to reset specified ipv6 bgp connections. Examples # rese...

  • Page 653

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 ipv6 bgp configuration commands 5-53 parameters ipv6-address : clears the flap statistics for the specified ipv6 address. Prefix-length : prefix length of the address, in the range 1 to 128. As-path-regexp : clears the flap ...

  • Page 654

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 ipv6 bgp configuration commands 5-54 the highest ipv4 address of loopback interfaces’ addresses, then the highest ipv4 address of physical interfaces’ addresses if no loopback interfaces are configured. Only when the interfa...

  • Page 655

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 ipv6 bgp configuration commands 5-55 [sysname] bgp 100 [sysname-bgp] ipv6-family [sysname-bgp-af-ipv6] synchronization 5.1.66 timer syntax timer keepalive keepalive hold holdtime undo timer view ipv6 address family view para...

  • Page 656: Commands

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 6 routing policy configuration commands 6-1 chapter 6 routing policy configuration commands note: at present, the lsq1gp12ea boards in the s7500e series do not support ipv6. 6.1 routing policy common configuration commands ref...

  • Page 657

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 6 routing policy configuration commands 6-2 system-view [sysname] route-policy policy1 permit node 10 [sysname-route-policy] if-match as-path 1 [sysname-route-policy] apply ipv6 next-hop 3ffe:506::1 6.2.2 display ip ipv6-prefi...

  • Page 660

    Command manual – ipv6 routing h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 6 routing policy configuration commands 6-5 the ipv6 prefix range is determined by prefix-length and [ min-prefix-length, max-prefix-length ]. If both mask-length and [ min-mask-length, max-mask-length ] are specified, then th...

  • Page 661: Table of Contents

    Command manual – ipv6 configuration h3c s7500e series ethernet switches table of contents i table of contents chapter 1 ipv6 basics configuration commands ..................................................................... 1-1 1.1 ipv6 basics configuration commands ...................................

  • Page 662

    Command manual – ipv6 configuration h3c s7500e series ethernet switches table of contents ii 1.1.37 reset dns ipv6 dynamic-host ............................................................................... 1-38 1.1.38 reset ipv6 neighbors ..............................................................

  • Page 663

    Command manual – ipv6 configuration h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ipv6 basics configuration commands 1-1 chapter 1 ipv6 basics configuration commands note: z the lsq1gp12ea board does not support ipv6 features. Z a tunnel interface number is in the a/b/c format, where a, b, and c rep...

  • Page 664

    Command manual – ipv6 configuration h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ipv6 basics configuration commands 1-2 field description ipv6 address ipv6 address of the host ttl time an entry can be cached in seconds note: for a domain name displayed with the display dns ipv6 dynamic-host command...

  • Page 665

    Command manual – ipv6 configuration h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ipv6 basics configuration commands 1-3 table 1-2 description on the fields of the display dns ipv6 server command field description dns server sequence number of the dns server, which is assigned automatically by the s...

  • Page 666

    Command manual – ipv6 configuration h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ipv6 basics configuration commands 1-4 timestamp : date- 8/29/2007, time- 10:11:42 interface : inloopback0 table 1-3 description on fields of the display ipv6 fib command field description total number of routes total ...

  • Page 667

    Command manual – ipv6 configuration h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ipv6 basics configuration commands 1-5 examples # display the mappings between host names and ipv6 addresses in the static dns database. Display ipv6 host host age flags ipv6address aaa 0 static 2002::1 bbb 0 static 20...

  • Page 668

    Command manual – ipv6 configuration h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ipv6 basics configuration commands 1-6 examples # display the ipv6 information of vlan-interface 2. Display ipv6 interface vlan-interface 2 vlan-interface2 current state :up line protocol current state :up ipv6 is enab...

  • Page 669

    Command manual – ipv6 configuration h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ipv6 basics configuration commands 1-7 field description hosts use stateless autoconfig for addresses hosts use stateless auto-configuration mode to acquire ipv6 addresses # display the brief ipv6 information of all in...

  • Page 670

    Command manual – ipv6 configuration h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ipv6 basics configuration commands 1-8 parameters ipv6-address : ipv6 address whose neighbor information is to be displayed. All : displays information of all neighbors, including neighbors acquired dynamically and con...

  • Page 671

    Command manual – ipv6 configuration h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ipv6 basics configuration commands 1-9 field description state state of a neighbor, including: z incmp: the address is being resolved. The link layer address of the neighbor is unknown. Z reach: the neighbor is reachab...

  • Page 672

    Command manual – ipv6 configuration h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ipv6 basics configuration commands 1-10 description use the display ipv6 neighbors count command to display the total number of neighbor entries satisfying the specified condition. Examples # display the total number o...

  • Page 673

    Command manual – ipv6 configuration h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ipv6 basics configuration commands 1-11 field description age time for a pmtu to live. For a static pmtu, a hyphen “-“ is displayed. Type indicates the pmtu is dynamically negotiated or statically configured. 1.1.9 dis...

  • Page 674

    Command manual – ipv6 configuration h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ipv6 basics configuration commands 1-12 socket state = ss_priv ss_async sock_dgram: task = agnt(51), socketid = 2, proto = 17, la = ::->161, fa = ::->0, sndbuf = 9216, rcvbuf = 42080, sb_cc = 0, rb_cc = 0, socket optio...

  • Page 675

    Command manual – ipv6 configuration h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ipv6 basics configuration commands 1-13 field description socket option socket option set by the application socket state state of the socket 1.1.10 display ipv6 statistics syntax display ipv6 statistics [ slot slot-nu...

  • Page 676

    Command manual – ipv6 configuration h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ipv6 basics configuration commands 1-14 icmpv6 protocol: sent packets: total: 0 unreached: 0 too big: 0 hopcount exceeded: 0 reassembly timeout: 0 parameter problem: 0 echo request: 0 echo replied: 0 neighbor solicit: ...

  • Page 677

    Command manual – ipv6 configuration h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ipv6 basics configuration commands 1-15 table 1-10 description on fields of the display ipv6 statistics command field description ipv6 protocol: statistics of ipv6 packets sent packets: total: 0 local sent out: 0 forwa...

  • Page 678

    Command manual – ipv6 configuration h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ipv6 basics configuration commands 1-16 field description sent packets: total: 0 unreached: 0 too big: 0 hopcount exceeded: 0 reassembly timeout: 0 parameter problem: 0 echo request: 0 echo replied: 0 neighbor solicit:...

  • Page 679

    Command manual – ipv6 configuration h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ipv6 basics configuration commands 1-17 field description received packets: total: 0 checksum error: 0 too short: 0 bad code 0 unreached: 0 too big: 0 hopcount exceeded: 0 reassembly timeout: 0 parameter problem: 0 unk...

  • Page 680

    Command manual – ipv6 configuration h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ipv6 basics configuration commands 1-18 parameters none description use the display tcp ipv6 statistics command to display ipv6 tcp connection statistics. Examples # display the statistics of ipv6 tcp connections. Disp...

  • Page 681

    Command manual – ipv6 configuration h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ipv6 basics configuration commands 1-19 table 1-11 description on fields of the display tcp ipv6 statistics command field description received packets: total: 0 packets in sequence: 0 (0 bytes) window probe packets: 0 ...

  • Page 682

    Command manual – ipv6 configuration h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ipv6 basics configuration commands 1-20 field description keepalive timeout, so connections disconnected number of connections dropped because of keepalive response timeout initiated connections number of initiated con...

  • Page 683

    Command manual – ipv6 configuration h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ipv6 basics configuration commands 1-21 field description state ipv6 tcp connection status, including z closed z listening z syn_sent z syn_rcvd z established z close_wait z fin_wait1 z closing z last_ack z fin_wait2 z...

  • Page 684

    Command manual – ipv6 configuration h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ipv6 basics configuration commands 1-22 table 1-13 description on fields of the display udp ipv6 statistics command field description total total number of received/sent packets checksum error total number of packets w...

  • Page 685

    Command manual – ipv6 configuration h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ipv6 basics configuration commands 1-23 examples # configure the ipv6 address 2002::1 for a dns server. System-view [sysname] dns server ipv6 2002::1 1.1.15 ipv6 syntax ipv6 undo ipv6 view system view parameters none d...

  • Page 686

    Command manual – ipv6 configuration h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ipv6 basics configuration commands 1-24 description use the ipv6 address command to configure an ipv6 site-local address or aggregatable global unicast address for an interface. Use the undo ipv6 address command to rem...

  • Page 687

    Command manual – ipv6 configuration h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ipv6 basics configuration commands 1-25 [sysname] interface vlan-interface 100 [sysname-vlan-interface100] ipv6 address auto link-local 1.1.18 ipv6 address eui-64 syntax ipv6 address ipv6-address/prefix-length eui-64 u...

  • Page 688

    Command manual – ipv6 configuration h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ipv6 basics configuration commands 1-26 parameters ipv6-address : ipv6 link-local address. The first ten bits of an address must be 1111111010 (binary), that is, the first group of hexadecimals in the address must be f...

  • Page 690

    Command manual – ipv6 configuration h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ipv6 basics configuration commands 1-28 description use the ipv6 icmpv6 multicast-echo-reply enable command to enable sending of multicast echo replies. Use the undo ipv6 icmpv6 multicast-echo-reply command to disable ...

  • Page 691

    Command manual – ipv6 configuration h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ipv6 basics configuration commands 1-29 1.1.24 ipv6 nd autoconfig other-flag syntax ipv6 nd autoconfig other-flag undo ipv6 nd autoconfig other-flag view interface view parameters none description use the ipv6 nd autoc...

  • Page 692

    Command manual – ipv6 configuration h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ipv6 basics configuration commands 1-30 description use the ipv6 nd dad attempts command to configure the number of attempts to send a neighbor solicitation message for dad. Use the undo ipv6 nd dad attempts command to...

  • Page 693

    Command manual – ipv6 configuration h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ipv6 basics configuration commands 1-31 1.1.27 ipv6 nd ns retrans-timer syntax ipv6 nd ns retrans-timer value undo ipv6 nd ns retrans-timer view interface view parameters value : interval for sending ns messages in mil...

  • Page 694

    Command manual – ipv6 configuration h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ipv6 basics configuration commands 1-32 description use the ipv6 nd nud reachable-time command to configure the neighbor reachable time on an interface. This time value serves as not only the neighbor reachable time on...

  • Page 695

    Command manual – ipv6 configuration h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ipv6 basics configuration commands 1-33 1.1.30 ipv6 nd ra interval syntax ipv6 nd ra interval max-interval-value min-interval-value undo ipv6 nd ra interval view interface view parameters max-interval-value : maximum i...

  • Page 696

    Command manual – ipv6 configuration h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ipv6 basics configuration commands 1-34 view interface view parameters ipv6-address : ipv6 address or ipv6 address prefix. Prefix-length : prefix length of an ipv6 address. Ipv6-prefix : ipv6 address prefix. Valid-life...

  • Page 697

    Command manual – ipv6 configuration h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ipv6 basics configuration commands 1-35 parameters value : router lifetime in seconds, in the range of 0 to 9,000. When it is set to 0, the device does not serve as the default router. Description use the ipv6 nd ra ro...

  • Page 698

    Command manual – ipv6 configuration h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ipv6 basics configuration commands 1-36 use the undo ipv6 neighbor command to remove a static neighbor entry. Note that you can adopt the ipv6 address and link layer address of the layer 3 vlan interface or those of th...

  • Page 699

    Command manual – ipv6 configuration h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ipv6 basics configuration commands 1-37 examples # set the maximum number of neighbors that can be dynamically learned on vlan-interface 100 to 10. System-view [sysname] interface vlan-interface 100 [sysname-vlan-inter...

  • Page 700

    Command manual – ipv6 configuration h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ipv6 basics configuration commands 1-38 view system view parameters age-time : aging time for pmtu in minutes, in the range of 10 to 100. Description use the ipv6 pathmtu age command to configure the aging time for a d...

  • Page 702

    Command manual – ipv6 configuration h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ipv6 basics configuration commands 1-40 examples # clear all pmtus. Reset ipv6 pathmtu all 1.1.40 reset ipv6 statistics syntax reset ipv6 statistics [ slot slot-number ] view user view parameters slot slot number : cle...

  • Page 703

    Command manual – ipv6 configuration h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ipv6 basics configuration commands 1-41 1.1.42 reset udp ipv6 statistics syntax reset udp ipv6 statistics view user view parameters none description use the reset udp ipv6 statistics command to clear the statistics of ...

  • Page 704

    Command manual – ipv6 configuration h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ipv6 basics configuration commands 1-42 system-view [sysname] tcp ipv6 timer fin-timeout 800 1.1.44 tcp ipv6 timer syn-timeout syntax tcp ipv6 timer syn-timeout wait-time undo tcp ipv6 timer syn-timeout view system vie...

  • Page 705

    Command manual – ipv6 configuration h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ipv6 basics configuration commands 1-43 description use the tcp ipv6 window command to set the size of the ipv6 tcp sending/receiving buffer. Use the undo tcp ipv6 window command to restore the default. By default, the...

  • Page 706

    Command manual – ipv6 configuration h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 dual stack configuration commands 2-1 chapter 2 dual stack configuration commands 2.1 dual stack configuration commands 2.1.1 ipv6 syntax ipv6 undo ipv6 view system view parameters none description use the ipv6 command...

  • Page 707

    Command manual – ipv6 configuration h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 dual stack configuration commands 2-2 description use the ipv6 address command to configure a site-local address or global unicast address for an interface. Use the undo ipv6 address command to remove the configuration...

  • Page 708

    Command manual – ipv6 configuration h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 dual stack configuration commands 2-3 examples # enable the interface vlan-interface 100 to generate a link-local address automatically. System-view [sysname] interface vlan-interface 100 [sysname-vlan-interface100] ip...

  • Page 709

    Command manual – ipv6 configuration h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 dual stack configuration commands 2-4 undo ipv6 address ipv6-address link-local view interface view parameters ipv6-address : ipv6 link-local address. The high-order ten bits of an ipv6 link-local address must be 11111...

  • Page 710

    Command manual – ipv6 configuration h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 tunneling configuration commands 3-1 chapter 3 tunneling configuration commands 3.1 tunnel configuration commands 3.1.1 aggregation-group syntax aggregation-group aggregation-group-id undo aggregation-group view tunnel...

  • Page 711

    Command manual – ipv6 configuration h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 tunneling configuration commands 3-2 [sysname-ethernet3/0/1] stp disable [sysname-ethernet3/0/1] port link-aggregation group 1 [sysname-ethernet3/0/1] quit # configure the tunnel to reference link aggregation group 1 i...

  • Page 712

    Command manual – ipv6 configuration h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 tunneling configuration commands 3-3 system-view [sysname2] interface tunnel 1/0/3 [sysname2-tunnel1/0/3] source 192.100.1.1 [sysname2-tunnel1/0/3] destination 193.101.1.1 3.1.3 display interface tunnel syntax display ...

  • Page 713

    Command manual – ipv6 configuration h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 tunneling configuration commands 3-4 table 3-1 description on fields of the display interface tunnel command field description tunnel1/0/3 current state: up the physical layer protocol state of the tunnel interface. Li...

  • Page 714

    Command manual – ipv6 configuration h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 tunneling configuration commands 3-5 description use the display ipv6 interface tunnel command to display related ipv6 information of a specified tunnel interface, including link state, ipv6 protocol state, and ipv6 ad...

  • Page 715

    Command manual – ipv6 configuration h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 tunneling configuration commands 3-6 field description hosts use stateless autoconfig for addresses hosts use the stateless auto-configuration mode to acquire ipv6 addresses. 3.1.5 interface tunnel syntax interface tun...

  • Page 716

    Command manual – ipv6 configuration h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 tunneling configuration commands 3-7 3.1.6 mtu (tunnel interface view) syntax mtu mtu-size undo mtu view tunnel interface view parameters mtu-size : tunnel interface mtu in bytes, in the range of 100 to 64,000. Descrip...

  • Page 717

    Command manual – ipv6 configuration h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 tunneling configuration commands 3-8 note that: z the tunnel source address is the address of the interface sending packets and is usually the destination address of the peer tunnel interface. Z two or more tunnel inte...

  • Page 718

    Command manual – ipv6 configuration h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 tunneling configuration commands 3-9 z a proper tunnel type can be selected for packet encapsulation according to the network topology and application. The same tunnel type must be configured at both ends of the tunnel...

  • Page 719: Table of Contents

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches table of contents i table of contents chapter 1 igmp snooping configuration commands............................................................... 1-1 1.1 igmp snooping configuration commands ...............................................

  • Page 720

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches table of contents ii chapter 2 multicast vlan configuration commands ............................................................... 2-1 2.1 multicast vlan configuration commands .............................................................

  • Page 721

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches table of contents iii 4.1.6 c-bsr group .............................................................................................................. 4-5 4.1.7 c-bsr hash-length..............................................................

  • Page 722

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches table of contents iv 4.1.48 pim timer join-prune ............................................................................................ 4-43 4.1.49 pim triggered-hello-delay.............................................................

  • Page 723

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches table of contents v chapter 6 multicast routing and forwarding configuration commands ............................... 6-1 6.1 multicast routing and forwarding configuration commands ........................................... 6-1 6.1.1 d...

  • Page 724: Commands

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 igmp snooping configuration commands 1-1 chapter 1 igmp snooping configuration commands 1.1 igmp snooping configuration commands 1.1.1 display igmp-snooping group syntax display igmp-snooping group [ vlan vlan-id ] [ slot slot-...

  • Page 725

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 igmp snooping configuration commands 1-2 router port(s):total 1 port. Eth1/0/2 (d) ( 00:01:30 ) ip group(s):the following ip group(s) match to one mac group. Ip group address:224.1.1.1 (1.1.1.1, 224.1.1.1): attribute: host port...

  • Page 726

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 igmp snooping configuration commands 1-3 parameters none description use the display igmp-snooping statistics command to view the statistics information of igmp messages learned by igmp snooping. Examples # view the statistics ...

  • Page 727

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 igmp snooping configuration commands 1-4 1.1.3 drop-unknown syntax drop-unknown undo drop-unknown view igmp-snooping view parameters none description use the drop-unknown command to enable globally the function of dropping unkn...

  • Page 728

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 igmp snooping configuration commands 1-5 range in the form of start-vlan-id to end-vlan-id , where the end vlan id must be greater than the start vlan id. The effective range of a vlan id is 1 to 4094. Description use the fast-...

  • Page 729

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 igmp snooping configuration commands 1-6 use the undo group-policy command to remove the configured global multicast group filter. By default, no global multicast group filter is configured, namely a host can join any multicast...

  • Page 730

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 igmp snooping configuration commands 1-7 this command works only on igmp snooping–enabled vlans, but not on vlans with igmp enabled on the corresponding vlan interfaces. Related commands: igmp-snooping host-aging-time . Example...

  • Page 731

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 igmp snooping configuration commands 1-8 view vlan view parameters none description use the igmp-snooping drop-unknown command to enable the function of dropping unknown multicast data in the current vlan. Use the undo igmp-sno...

  • Page 732

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 igmp snooping configuration commands 1-9 igmp snooping must be enabled globally before it can be enabled in a vlan. Related commands: igmp-snooping . Examples # enable igmp snooping in vlan 2. System-view [sysname] igmp-snoopin...

  • Page 733

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 igmp snooping configuration commands 1-10 z if you do not specify any vlan in manual port group view, the command will take effect on all the ports in this group no matter which vlans these port belong to; if you specify a vlan...

  • Page 734

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 igmp snooping configuration commands 1-11 this command takes effect only if igmp snooping is enabled in the vlan. Examples # set the ip address of the interface of vlan 2 to 10.1.1.1, with the subnet mask of 255.255.255.0, and ...

  • Page 735

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 igmp snooping configuration commands 1-12 z if you do not specify any vlan in ethernet interface view, the command will take effect on the port no matter which vlan the port belongs to; if you specify a vlan or multiple vlans, ...

  • Page 736

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 igmp snooping configuration commands 1-13 z this command works on igmp snooping–enabled vlans and vlans with igmp enabled on the corresponding vlan interfaces. Z if you do not specify any vlan in ethernet interface view, the co...

  • Page 737

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 igmp snooping configuration commands 1-14 by default, the aging time of group member ports is 260 seconds. This command takes effect only if igmp snooping is enabled in the vlan. Related commands: host-aging-time . Examples # s...

  • Page 738

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 igmp snooping configuration commands 1-15 z the source-ip source-address option in the command is meaningful only for igmp snooping version 3. If igmp snooping version 2 is running, although you can include source-ip source-add...

  • Page 739

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 igmp snooping configuration commands 1-16 by default, the igmp last-member query interval is 1 second. This command takes effect only if igmp snooping is enabled in the vlan. Related commands: last-member-query-interval . Examp...

  • Page 740

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 igmp snooping configuration commands 1-17 1.1.18 igmp-snooping overflow-replace syntax igmp-snooping overflow-replace [ vlan vlan-list ] undo igmp-snooping overflow-replace [ vlan vlan-list ] view ethernet interface view, port ...

  • Page 741

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 igmp snooping configuration commands 1-18 1.1.19 igmp-snooping querier syntax igmp-snooping querier undo igmp-snooping querier view vlan view parameters none description use the igmp-snooping querier command to enable the igmp ...

  • Page 742

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 igmp snooping configuration commands 1-19 description use the igmp-snooping query-interval command to configure the interval between igmp general queries. Use the undo igmp-snooping query-interval command to restore the default...

  • Page 743

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 igmp snooping configuration commands 1-20 [sysname] vlan 2 [sysname-vlan2] igmp-snooping router-aging-time 100 1.1.22 igmp-snooping source-deny syntax igmp-snooping source-deny undo igmp-snooping source-deny view ethernet inter...

  • Page 744

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 igmp snooping configuration commands 1-21 parameters current-interface : sets the source address of igmp group-specific queries to the address of the current vlan interface. If the current vlan interface does not have an ip add...

  • Page 745

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 igmp snooping configuration commands 1-22 parameters group-address : address of the multicast group to be statically joined, in the range of 224.0.0.0 to 239.255.255.255. Source-address : address of multicast source to be stati...

  • Page 746

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 igmp snooping configuration commands 1-23 1.1.25 igmp-snooping static-router-port syntax igmp-snooping static-router-port vlan vlan-id undo igmp-snooping static-router-port vlan vlan-id view ethernet interface view, port group ...

  • Page 747

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 igmp snooping configuration commands 1-24 view vlan view parameters version-number : igmp snooping version, in the range of 2 to 3. Description use the igmp-snooping version command to configure the igmp snooping version. Use t...

  • Page 748

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 igmp snooping configuration commands 1-25 this command works only on igmp snooping–enabled vlans, but not on vlans with igmp enabled on the corresponding vlan interfaces. Related commands: igmp-snooping last-member-query-interv...

  • Page 749

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 igmp snooping configuration commands 1-26 1.1.29 overflow-replace syntax overflow-replace [ vlan vlan-list ] undo overflow-replace [ vlan vlan-list ] view igmp-snooping view parameters vlan vlan-list : defines one or multiple v...

  • Page 750

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 igmp snooping configuration commands 1-27 view igmp-snooping view parameters none description use the report-aggregation command to enable igmp report suppression. Use the undo report-aggregation command to disable igmp report ...

  • Page 751

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 igmp snooping configuration commands 1-28 z this command cannot clear igmp snooping forwarding entries of static joins. Examples # clear all igmp snooping forwarding entries saved in the switch. Reset igmp-snooping group all 1....

  • Page 752

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 igmp snooping configuration commands 1-29 use the undo router-aging-time command to restore the default setting. By default, the aging time of router ports is 105 seconds. This command works only on igmp snooping–enabled vlans,...

  • Page 753

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 igmp snooping configuration commands 1-30 [sysname-igmp-snooping] source-deny port ethernet 2/0/1 to ethernet 2/0/5.

  • Page 754: Commands

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 multicast vlan configuration commands 2-1 chapter 2 multicast vlan configuration commands 2.1 multicast vlan configuration commands 2.1.1 display multicast-vlan syntax display multicast-vlan [ vlan-id ] view any view parameters...

  • Page 755

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 multicast vlan configuration commands 2-2 undo multicast - vlan vlan-id enable view system view parameters vlan-id : specifies a vlan by its id, in the range of 1 to 4094. Description use the multicast-vlan enable command to co...

  • Page 756

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 multicast vlan configuration commands 2-3 subvlan vlan-list : defines one or multiple vlans as sub-vlans. You can provide up to 10 vlan lists, by each of which you can specify an individual vlan in the form of vlan-id , or a vl...

  • Page 757

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 igmp configuration commands 3-1 chapter 3 igmp configuration commands note: the term “router” in this document refers to a router in a generic sense or a layer 3 switch running igmp. 3.1 igmp configuration commands 3.1.1 displa...

  • Page 758

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 igmp configuration commands 3-2 examples # display the information about dynamically joined igmp multicast groups on all interfaces. Display igmp group total 3 igmp group(s). Interface group report information vlan-interface1 (...

  • Page 759

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 igmp configuration commands 3-3 3.1.2 display igmp group port-info syntax display igmp group port-info [ vlan vlan-id ] [ slot slot-id ] [ verbose ] view any view parameters vlan-id : vlan id, in the range of 1 to 4094. If you ...

  • Page 760

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 igmp configuration commands 3-4 host port(s):total 1 port. Eth1/0/1 table 3-2 description on the fields of the display igmp group port-info command field description total1 ip group(s). Total number of ip multicast groups total...

  • Page 761

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 igmp configuration commands 3-5 examples # view the igmp configuration and running status on vlan-interface 1. Display igmp interface vlan-interface 1 verbose vlan-interface1 (10.10.1.20): igmp is enabled current igmp version i...

  • Page 762

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 igmp configuration commands 3-6 field description querier for igmp ip address of the igmp querier igmp activity statistics of igmp activities (joins and leaves) robustness robustness variable of the igmp querier require-router-...

  • Page 763

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 igmp configuration commands 3-7 routing table total 2 entries 00001. (*, 225.1.1.1) list of 1 downstream interface vlan-interface1 (20.1.1.1), protocol: static 00002. (*, 239.255.255.250) list of 1 downstream interface vlan-int...

  • Page 764

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 igmp configuration commands 3-8 related commands: igmp fast-leave , last-member-query-interval . Note: this command takes effect only on layer 3 interfaces other than vlan interfaces when executed in igmp view. Examples # enabl...

  • Page 765

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 igmp configuration commands 3-9 3.1.7 igmp enable syntax igmp enable undo igmp enable view interface view parameters none description use the igmp enable command to enable igmp on the current interface. Use the undo igmp enable...

  • Page 766

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 igmp configuration commands 3-10 description use the igmp fast-leave command to configure fast leave processing on the current interface. Use the undo igmp fast-leave command to disable fast leave processing on the current inte...

  • Page 767

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 igmp configuration commands 3-11 version-number : igmp version, in the range of 1 to 3. By default, the system supports igmpv1, igmpv2 and igmpv3 concurrently. Description use the igmp group-policy command to configure a multic...

  • Page 768

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 igmp configuration commands 3-12 undo igmp last-member-query-interval view interface view parameters interval : igmp last member query interval in seconds, with an effective range of 1 to 5. Description use the igmp last-member...

  • Page 769

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 igmp configuration commands 3-13 by default, the maximum response time for igmp general queries is 10 seconds. Related commands: max-response-time , igmp timer other-querier-present , display igmp interface . Examples # set the...

  • Page 770

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 igmp configuration commands 3-14 3.1.13 igmp robust-count syntax igmp robust-count robust-value undo igmp robust-count view interface view parameters robust-value : igmp querier robustness variable, with an effective range of 2...

  • Page 771

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 igmp configuration commands 3-15 parameters none description use the igmp send-router-alert command on the current interface to enable insertion of the router-alert option in igmp messages to be sent. Use the undo igmp send-rou...

  • Page 772

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 igmp configuration commands 3-16 if the specified multicast address is in the ssm multicast address range, and if a multicast source address is specified in the command, multicasts carrying the (s, g) entry, namely the source a...

  • Page 773

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 igmp configuration commands 3-17 description use the igmp timer other-querier-present command to configure the igmp other querier present interval on the current interface. Use the undo igmp timer other-querier-present command ...

  • Page 774

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 igmp configuration commands 3-18 description use the igmp timer query command to configure the igmp query interval on the current interface. Use the undo igmp timer query command to restore the system default. By default, the i...

  • Page 775

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 igmp configuration commands 3-19 3.1.19 last-member-query-interval syntax last-member-query-interval interval undo last-member-query-interval view igmp view parameters interval : last-member query interval in seconds, with an e...

  • Page 776

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 igmp configuration commands 3-20 description use the max-response-time command to configure the maximum response time for igmp general queries globally. Use the undo max-response-time command to restore the system default. By d...

  • Page 778

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 igmp configuration commands 3-22 reset igmp group interface vlan-interface 100 225.0.0.1 # clear the igmp forwarding entries of multicast groups on subnet 225.1.1.0/24 on vlan-interface 100 and the igmp snooping forwarding entr...

  • Page 779

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 igmp configuration commands 3-23 3.1.24 robust-count syntax robust-count robust-value undo robust-count view igmp view parameters robust-value : igmp querier robustness variable, with an effective range of 2 to 5. The igmp robu...

  • Page 780

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 igmp configuration commands 3-24 description use the send-router-alert command to enable globally the insertion of the router-alert option into igmp messages to be sent. Use the undo send-router-alert command to disable globall...

  • Page 781

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 igmp configuration commands 3-25 note: the three parameters in the above-mentioned formula default to 60 (seconds), 2 (times) and 10 (seconds) respectively, so the default igmp other querier present interval = 60 × 2 + 10 / 2 =...

  • Page 782

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 igmp configuration commands 3-26 3.1.28 version syntax version version-number undo version view igmp view parameters version-number : igmp version, in the range of 1 to 3. Description use the version command to configure the ig...

  • Page 783

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 pim configuration commands 4-1 chapter 4 pim configuration commands note: the term “router” in this document refers to a router in a generic sense or a layer 3 switch running the pim protocol. 4.1 pim configuration commands 4.1...

  • Page 784

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 pim configuration commands 4-2 4.1.2 bsr-policy syntax bsr-policy acl-number undo bsr-policy view pim view parameters acl-number : basic acl number, in the range of 2000 to 2999. When an acl is defined, the source keyword in th...

  • Page 785

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 pim configuration commands 4-3 parameters interface-type interface-number : specifies an interface by its type and number. This configuration can take effect only if pim-sm is enabled on the interface. Hash-length : hash mask l...

  • Page 786

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 pim configuration commands 4-4 by default, bsr administrative scoping is disabled, namely there is only one bsr in a pim-sm domain. Related commands: c-bsr , c-bsr group , c-bsr global . Examples # enable bsr administrative sco...

  • Page 788

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 pim configuration commands 4-6 4.1.7 c-bsr hash-length syntax c-bsr hash-length hash-length undo c-bsr hash-length view pim view parameters hash-length : hash mask length for rp selection calculation, in the range of 0 to 32. D...

  • Page 789

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 pim configuration commands 4-7 use the undo c-bsr holdtime command to restore the system default. By default, the bootstrap timeout value is determined by this formula: bootstrap timeout = bootstrap interval × 2 + 10. Note: the...

  • Page 790

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 pim configuration commands 4-8 note: the default bootstrap timeout is 130 seconds, so the default bootstrap interval = (130 – 10) ÷ 2 = 60 (seconds). Related commands: c-bsr , c-bsr holdtime . Examples # set the bootstrap inter...

  • Page 792

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 pim configuration commands 4-10 related commands: c-bsr . Examples # configure vlan-interface 100 to be a c-rp for multicast groups 225.1.0.0/16 and 226.2.0.0/16, with a priority of 10. System-view [sysname] acl number 2000 [sy...

  • Page 793

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 pim configuration commands 4-11 4.1.13 c-rp holdtime syntax c-rp holdtime interval undo c-rp holdtime view pim view parameters interval : c-rp timeout in seconds, with an effective range of 1 to 65,535. Description use the c-rp...

  • Page 794

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 pim configuration commands 4-12 parameters acl-number : advanced acl number, in the range of 3000 to 3999. When the acl is defined, the source keyword in the rule command specifies the address of a c-rp and the destination keyw...

  • Page 795

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 pim configuration commands 4-13 examples # view the bsr information in the pim-sm domain and the locally configured c-rp information in effect. Display pim bsr-info elected bsr address: 12.12.12.9 priority: 0 hash mask length: ...

  • Page 796

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 pim configuration commands 4-14 field description scope scope of the bsr uptime length of time for which this bsr has been up, in hours:minutes:seconds next bsr message scheduled at length of time in which the bsr will expire, ...

  • Page 797

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 pim configuration commands 4-15 referenced route type: unicast (direct) rpf-route selecting rule: preference-preferred the (s,g) or (*,g) list dependent on this route entry (172.168.0.12, 227.0.0.1) table 4-2 description on the...

  • Page 798

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 pim configuration commands 4-16 join-prune : displays the number of join/prune messages. State-refresh : displays the number of state refresh messages. Description use the display pim control-message counters command to view th...

  • Page 799

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 pim configuration commands 4-17 field description join/prune join/prune messages state refresh state refresh messages bsr bootstrap messages c-rp c-rp-adv messages 4.1.18 display pim grafts syntax display pim grafts view any vi...

  • Page 800

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 pim configuration commands 4-18 4.1.19 display pim interface syntax display pim interface [ interface-type interface-number ] [ verbose ] view any view parameters interface-type interface-number : displays the pim information o...

  • Page 801

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 pim configuration commands 4-19 pim neighbor count: 1 pim hello interval: 30 s pim lan delay (negotiated): 500 ms pim lan delay (configured): 500 ms pim override interval (negotiated): 2500 ms pim override interval (configured)...

  • Page 802

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 pim configuration commands 4-20 field description pim require generation id rejection of hello messages without generation_id (enabled/disabled) pim hello hold interval pim neighbor timeout time pim assert hold interval assert ...

  • Page 803

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 pim configuration commands 4-21 interface-type interface-number : displays the information of join/prune messages to send on the specified interface. Neighbor-address : displays the information of join/prune messages to send to...

  • Page 804

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 pim configuration commands 4-22 view any view parameters interface-type interface-number : displays the pim neighbor information on a particular interface. Neighbor-address : displays the information of a particular pim neighbo...

  • Page 805

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 pim configuration commands 4-23 11.110.0.40 vlan2 00:33:20 00:01:25 1 11.110.0.20 vlan3 00:04:53 00:01:22 1 # view the detailed information of the pim neighbor whose ip address is 11.110.0.20. Display pim neighbor 11.110.0.20 v...

  • Page 806

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 pim configuration commands 4-24 outgoing-interface : displays routing entries of which the outgoing interface is the specified interface. Include : displays routing entries of which the outgoing interface list includes the spec...

  • Page 807

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 pim configuration commands 4-25 display pim routing-table total 0 (*, g) entry; 1 (s, g) entry (172.168.0.12, 227.0.0.1) rp: 2.2.2.2 protocol: pim-sm, flag: spt loc act uptime: 02:54:43 upstream interface: vlan-interface1 upstr...

  • Page 808

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 pim configuration commands 4-26 4.1.23 display pim rp-info syntax display pim rp-info [ group-address ] view any view parameters group-address : address of the multicast group of which the rp information is to be displayed, in ...

  • Page 809

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 pim configuration commands 4-27 uptime: 03:01:36 expires: 00:02:29 table 4-10 description on the fields of the display pim rp-info command field description bsr rp address is ip address of the bsr rp group/masklen the multicast...

  • Page 810

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 pim configuration commands 4-28 examples # set the router priority for dr election to 3. System-view [sysname] pim [sysname-pim] hello-option dr-priority 3 4.1.25 hello-option holdtime syntax hello-option holdtime interval undo...

  • Page 811

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 pim configuration commands 4-29 parameters interval : lan-delay time in milliseconds, with an effective range of 1 to 32,767. Description use the hello-option lan-delay command to configure the global value of the lan-delay tim...

  • Page 812

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 pim configuration commands 4-30 related commands: pim hello-option neighbor-tracking . Examples # disable join suppression globally. System-view [sysname] pim [sysname-pim] hello-option neighbor-tracking 4.1.28 hello-option ove...

  • Page 813

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 pim configuration commands 4-31 view pim view parameters interval : assert timeout time in seconds, with an effective range of 7 to 2,147,483,647. Description use the holdtime assert command to configure the global value of the...

  • Page 814

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 pim configuration commands 4-32 related commands: holdtime assert , pim holdtime assert , pim holdtime join-prune . Examples # set the global value of the join/prune timeout time to 280 seconds. System-view [sysname] pim [sysna...

  • Page 815

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 pim configuration commands 4-33 view pim view parameters queue-size : maximum number of (s, g) entries in a join/prune message, in the range of 1 to 4,096. Description use the jp-queue-size command to configure the maximum numb...

  • Page 816

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 pim configuration commands 4-34 parameters none description use the pim command to enter pim view. Use the undo pim command to remove all configurations performed in pim view. Ip multicast must be enabled on the device before t...

  • Page 817

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 pim configuration commands 4-35 4.1.35 pim dm syntax pim dm undo pim dm view interface view parameters none description use the pim dm command to enable pim-dm. Use the undo pim dm command to disable pim-dm. By default, pim-dm ...

  • Page 818

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 pim configuration commands 4-36 description use the pim hello-option dr-priority command to configure the router priority for dr election on the current interface. Use the undo pim hello-option dr-priority command to restore th...

  • Page 819

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 pim configuration commands 4-37 4.1.38 pim hello-option lan-delay syntax pim hello-option lan-delay interval undo pim hello-option lan-delay view interface view parameters interval : lan-delay time in milliseconds, with an effe...

  • Page 820

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 pim configuration commands 4-38 description use the pim hello-option neighbor-tracking command to disable join suppression, namely enable neighbor tracking, on the current interface. Use the undo pim hello-option neighbor-track...

  • Page 821

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 pim configuration commands 4-39 [sysname-vlan-interface100] pim hello-option override-interval 2000 4.1.41 pim holdtime assert syntax pim holdtime assert interval undo pim holdtime assert view interface view parameters interval...

  • Page 822

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 pim configuration commands 4-40 description use the pim holdtime join-prune command to configure the join/prune timeout time on the interface. Use the undo pim holdtime join-prune command to restore the system default. By defau...

  • Page 823

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 pim configuration commands 4-41 4.1.44 pim sm syntax pim sm undo pim sm view interface view parameters none description use the pim sm command to enable pim-sm. Use the undo pim sm command to disable pim-sm. By default, pim-sm ...

  • Page 824

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 pim configuration commands 4-42 by default, the state refresh feature is enabled. Related commands: state-refresh-interval , state-refresh-rate-limit , state-refresh-ttl . Examples # disable state refresh on vlan-interface 100....

  • Page 825

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 pim configuration commands 4-43 view interface view parameters interval : hello interval in seconds, with an effective range of 1 to 2,147,483,647. Description use the pim timer hello command to configure on the current interfa...

  • Page 826

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 pim configuration commands 4-44 system-view [sysname] interface vlan-interface 100 [sysname-vlan-interface100] pim timer join-prune 80 4.1.49 pim triggered-hello-delay syntax pim triggered-hello-delay interval undo pim trigged-...

  • Page 827

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 pim configuration commands 4-45 description use the probe-interval command to configure the probe time, namely the interval at which the dr sends null register messages before the register suppression timer expires. Use the und...

  • Page 828

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 pim configuration commands 4-46 [sysname] acl number 3000 [sysname-acl-adv-3000] rule permit ip source 10.10.0.0 0.0.255.255 destination 225.1.0.0 0.0.255.255 [sysname-acl-adv-3000] quit [sysname] pim [sysname-pim] register-pol...

  • Page 829

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 pim configuration commands 4-47 parameters none description use the register-whole-checksum command to configure the router to calculate the checksum based on the entire register message. Use the undo register-whole-checksum co...

  • Page 830

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 pim configuration commands 4-48 4.1.55 source-lifetime syntax source-lifetime interval undo source-lifetime view pim view parameters interval : multicast source lifetime in seconds, with an effective range of 1 to 65,535. Descr...

  • Page 831

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 pim configuration commands 4-49 note that: z if you specify a basic acl, the device filters all the received multicast packets based on the source address, and discards packets that fail the source address match. Z if you speci...

  • Page 832

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 pim configuration commands 4-50 error information. If you do not specify an order-value , the order value of the acl will remain the same in the group-policy list. Description use the spt-switch-threshold command to configure t...

  • Page 833

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 pim configuration commands 4-51 parameters acl-number : basic acl number, in the range of 2000 to 2999. Description use the ssm-policy command to configure the ssm multicast group range. Use the undo ssm-policy command to resto...

  • Page 834

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 pim configuration commands 4-52 examples # set the state refresh interval to 70 seconds. System-view [sysname] pim [sysname-pim] state-refresh-interval 70 4.1.60 state-refresh-rate-limit syntax state-refresh-rate-limit interval...

  • Page 835

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 pim configuration commands 4-53 view pim view parameters ttl-value : ttl value of state refresh messages, in the range of 1 to 255. Description use the state-refresh-ttl command to configure the ttl value of state refresh messa...

  • Page 836

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 pim configuration commands 4-54 description use the static-rp command to configure a static rp. Use the undo static-rp command to configure a static rp. By default, no static rp is configured. Note that: z pim-sm or pim-dm cann...

  • Page 837

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 pim configuration commands 4-55 by default, hello messages are sent at the interval of 30 seconds. Related commands: pim timer hello . Examples # set the global hello interval to 40 seconds. System-view [sysname] pim [sysname-p...

  • Page 838

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 msdp configuration commands 5-1 chapter 5 msdp configuration commands note: the term “router” in this document refers to a router in the generic sense or a layer 3 switch running msdp. 5.1 msdp configuration commands 5.1.1 cach...

  • Page 840

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 msdp configuration commands 5-3 field description up/down time length of time since msdp peer connection was established/failed as number of the as where the msdp peer is located. “?” indicates that the system was unable to obt...

  • Page 841

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 msdp configuration commands 5-4 number of discarded output messages: 0 elapsed time since last connection or counters clear: 14:42:40 information about (source, group)-based sa filtering policy: import policy: none export polic...

  • Page 842

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 msdp configuration commands 5-5 field description elapsed time since last connection or counters clear time passed since the information of the msdp peer was last cleared information about (source, group)-based sa filtering pol...

  • Page 843

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 msdp configuration commands 5-6 view any view parameters group-address : multicast group address in the (s, g) entry, in the range of 224.0.1.0 to 239.255.255.255. Source-address : multicast source address in the (s, g) entry. ...

  • Page 844

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 msdp configuration commands 5-7 table 5-3 description on the fields of the display msdp sa-cache command field description (source, group) (s, g) entry: (source address, group address) origin rp address of the rp that generated...

  • Page 845

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 msdp configuration commands 5-8 number of source and group, counted by as as number of source number of group ? 3 3 total 5 source-active entries table 5-4 description on the fields of the display msdp sa-count command field de...

  • Page 846

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 msdp configuration commands 5-9 examples # enable register message encapsulation in sa messages. System-view [sysname] msdp [sysname-msdp] encap-data-enable 5.1.7 import-source syntax import-source [ acl acl-number ] undo impor...

  • Page 847

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 msdp configuration commands 5-10 examples # configure the msdp peer to advertise only the (s, g) entries of multicast sources on the 10.10.0.0/16 subnet and with multicast group address of 225.1.0.0/16 when creating an sa messa...

  • Page 848

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 msdp configuration commands 5-11 5.1.9 originating-rp syntax originating-rp interface-type interface-number undo originating-rp view msdp view parameters interface-type interface-number : specifies an interface by its type and ...

  • Page 849

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 msdp configuration commands 5-12 description use the peer connect-interface command to create an msdp peer connection. Use the undo peer connect-interface command to remove an msdp peer connection. No msdp peer connection is cr...

  • Page 850

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 msdp configuration commands 5-13 examples # add the descriptive text “router cstmra” for the router with the ip address of 125.10.7.6 to indicate that this router is customer a. System-view [sysname] msdp [sysname-msdp] peer 12...

  • Page 851

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 msdp configuration commands 5-14 view msdp view parameters peer-address : msdp peer address. Ttl-value : time-to-live (ttl) value, in the range of 0 to 255. Description use the peer minimum-ttl command to configure the minimum ...

  • Page 852

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 msdp configuration commands 5-15 by default, no sa request message is sent. Note that before you can enable the device to send sa requests, you must disable the sa message cache mechanism. Related commands: cache-sa-enable . Ex...

  • Page 854

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 msdp configuration commands 5-17 5.1.17 peer sa-request-policy syntax peer peer-address sa-request-policy [ acl acl-number ] undo peer peer-address sa-request-policy view msdp view parameters peer-address : msdp peer address. A...

  • Page 855

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 msdp configuration commands 5-18 view user view parameters peer-address : specifies an msdp peer by its address. If you do not provide this argument, the tcp connections with all msdp peers will be reset. Description use the re...

  • Page 856

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 msdp configuration commands 5-19 5.1.20 reset msdp statistics syntax reset msdp statistics [ peer-address ] view user view parameters peer-address : address of the msdp peer of which the statistics information is to be cleared....

  • Page 857

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 msdp configuration commands 5-20 examples # deactivate the connection with the msdp peer 125.10.7.6. System-view [sysname] msdp [sysname-msdp] shutdown 125.10.7.6 5.1.22 static-rpf-peer syntax static-rpf-peer peer-address [ rp-...

  • Page 858

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 5 msdp configuration commands 5-21 related commands: display msdp peer-status , ip prefix-list . Examples # configure static rpf peers. System-view [sysname] ip ip-prefix list1 permit 130.10.0.0 16 great-equal 16 less-equal 32 [s...

  • Page 859: Configuration Commands

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 6 multicast routing and forwarding configuration commands 6-1 chapter 6 multicast routing and forwarding configuration commands note: the term “router” in this document refers to a router in the generic sense or a layer 3 switch ...

  • Page 860

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 6 multicast routing and forwarding configuration commands 6-2 multicast boundary information boundary interface 224.1.1.0/24 vlan1 table 6-1 description on the fields of the display multicast boundary command field description bo...

  • Page 861

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 6 multicast routing and forwarding configuration commands 6-3 match : specifies the routing entries of which the outgoing interface list includes and includes only the specified interface. Statistics : specifies to display the st...

  • Page 862

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 6 multicast routing and forwarding configuration commands 6-4 field description incoming interface incoming interface of the (s, g) entry list of 1 outgoing interface: 1: vlan-interface2 outgoing interface list interface number: ...

  • Page 863

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 6 multicast routing and forwarding configuration commands 6-5 parameters source-address : multicast source address. Group-address : multicast group address, in the range of 224.0.1.0 to 239.255.255.255. Mask : mask of the multica...

  • Page 864

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 6 multicast routing and forwarding configuration commands 6-6 table 6-4 description on the fields of display multicast routing-table field description 00001 sequence number of the (s, g) entry (172.168.0.2, 227.0.0.1) an (s, g) e...

  • Page 865

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 6 multicast routing and forwarding configuration commands 6-7 preference = 1, order = 1 running configuration = ip rpf-route-static 10.10.0.0 16 2.2.2.2 order 1 # view the configuration information of multicast static routes. Dis...

  • Page 866

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 6 multicast routing and forwarding configuration commands 6-8 description use the display multicast rpf-info command to view the rpf information of a multicast source. Related commands: display multicast routing-table , display m...

  • Page 869

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 6 multicast routing and forwarding configuration commands 6-11 description use the mtracert command to trace the path down which the multicast traffic from a given multicast source flows to the last-hop router. Note that if the l...

  • Page 870

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 6 multicast routing and forwarding configuration commands 6-12 table 6-7 description on the fields of the mtracert command field description last-hop router last-hop router (6.6.6.6, 225.2.1.1) the (s, g) multicast stream for whi...

  • Page 871

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 6 multicast routing and forwarding configuration commands 6-13 description use the multicast boundary command to configure a multicast forwarding boundary. Use the undo multicast boundary command to remove a multicast forwarding ...

  • Page 872

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 6 multicast routing and forwarding configuration commands 6-14 description use the multicast forwarding-table downstream-limit command to configure the maximum number of downstream nodes for a single route in the multicast forwar...

  • Page 873

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 6 multicast routing and forwarding configuration commands 6-15 examples # set the maximum number of routing entries in the multicast forwarding table to 200. System-view [sysname] multicast forwarding-table route-limit 200 6.1.11...

  • Page 874

    Command manual – multicast h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 6 multicast routing and forwarding configuration commands 6-16 parameters none description use the multicast longest-match command to configure route selection based on the longest match, namely based on the mask length. Use the ...

  • Page 877: Table of Contents

    Command manual – 802.1x - mac authentication h3c s7500e series ethernet switches table of contents i table of contents chapter 1 802.1x configuration commands .............................................................................. 1-1 1.1 802.1x configuration commands ...........................

  • Page 879

    Command manual – 802.1x - mac authentication h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 802.1x configuration commands 1-2 configuration: transmit period 30 s, handshake period 15 s quiet period 60 s, quiet period timer is disabled supp timeout 30 s, server timeout 100 s the maximal retransmitting...

  • Page 880

    Command manual – 802.1x - mac authentication h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 802.1x configuration commands 1-3 field description proxy trap checker is disabled indicates whether the device is configured to send a trap packet when detecting that a user is trying to login through a proxy...

  • Page 881

    Command manual – 802.1x - mac authentication h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 802.1x configuration commands 1-4 field description guest vlan guest vlan configured for the port. The value of 0 means that no guest vlan is configured. Max on-line user number maximum number of users support...

  • Page 882

    Command manual – 802.1x - mac authentication h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 802.1x configuration commands 1-5 interface-type represents the port type, interface-number represents the port number, and & means that you can provide up to 10 port indexes/port index lists for this argument...

  • Page 884

    Command manual – 802.1x - mac authentication h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 802.1x configuration commands 1-7 1.1.4 dot1x guest-vlan syntax in system view: dot1x guest-vlan vlan-id [ interface interface-list ] undo dot1x guest-vlan [ interface interface-list ] in ethernet interface vi...

  • Page 885

    Command manual – 802.1x - mac authentication h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 802.1x configuration commands 1-8 z the 802.1x multicast trigger function is enabled. Z the link type of the port is set to access . Note that: z do not delete a vlan that has been configured as a guest vlan. ...

  • Page 886

    Command manual – 802.1x - mac authentication h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 802.1x configuration commands 1-9 use the undo dot1x handshake command to disable the function. By default, the function is enabled. Note that the 802.1x proxy detection function depends on the online user han...

  • Page 887

    Command manual – 802.1x - mac authentication h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 802.1x configuration commands 1-10 by default, the maximum number of concurrent users supported on a port is 1024. With no interface specified, the command sets the threshold for all ports. Related commands: d...

  • Page 889

    Command manual – 802.1x - mac authentication h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 802.1x configuration commands 1-12 system-view [sysname] dot1x port-control unauthorized-force interface ethernet2/0/1 or system-view [sysname] interface ethernet2/0/1 [sysname-ethernet2/0/1] dot1x port-contro...

  • Page 890

    Command manual – 802.1x - mac authentication h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 802.1x configuration commands 1-13 the default access control method is macbased . Related commands: display dot1x . Examples # set the access control method to portbased for port ethernet 2/0/1. System-view [...

  • Page 891

    Command manual – 802.1x - mac authentication h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 802.1x configuration commands 1-14 1.1.11 dot1x retry syntax dot1x retry max-retry-value undo dot1x retry view system view parameters max-retry-value : maximum number of attempts to send an authentication requ...

  • Page 893

    Command manual – 802.1x - mac authentication h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 802.1x configuration commands 1-16 [sysname] dot1x supp-proxy-check logoff interface ethernet2/0/1 to ethernet2/0/8 # configure port ethernet 2/0/9 to send a trap packet when detecting that a user is trying to...

  • Page 894

    Command manual – 802.1x - mac authentication h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 802.1x configuration commands 1-17 several timers are used in the 802.1x authentication process to guarantee that the supplicants, the authenticators, and the radius server interact with each other in a reason...

  • Page 895

    Command manual – 802.1x - mac authentication h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 802.1x configuration commands 1-18 parameters interface interface-list : specifies an ethernet port list, which can contain multiple ethernet ports. The interface-list argument is in the format of interface-li...

  • Page 896: Commands

    Command manual – 802.1x - mac authentication h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 ead fast deployment configuration commands 2-1 chapter 2 ead fast deployment configuration commands 2.1 ead fast deployment configuration commands 2.1.1 dot1x free-ip syntax dot1x free-ip ip-address { mask-add...

  • Page 897

    Command manual – 802.1x - mac authentication h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 ead fast deployment configuration commands 2-2 2.1.2 dot1x timer ead-timeout syntax dot1x timer ead-timeout ead-timeout-value undo dot1xtimer ead-timeout view system view parameters ead-timeout-value : ead rul...

  • Page 898

    Command manual – 802.1x - mac authentication h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 ead fast deployment configuration commands 2-3 by default, no redirect url is defined. Note that: z the redirect url and the free ip must be in the same network segment; otherwise, the url may be inaccessible....

  • Page 899: Commands

    Command manual – 802.1x - mac authentication h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 mac authentication configuration commands 3-1 chapter 3 mac authentication configuration commands 3.1 mac authentication configuration commands 3.1.1 display mac-authentication syntax display mac-authenticatio...

  • Page 900

    Command manual – 802.1x - mac authentication h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 mac authentication configuration commands 3-2 silent mac user info: mac addr from port port index ethernet2/0/1 is link-up mac address authentication is enabled authenticate success: 0, failed: 0 current onlin...

  • Page 901

    Command manual – 802.1x - mac authentication h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 mac authentication configuration commands 3-3 field description authenticate state user status. Possible values are: z connecting: the user is logging in. Z success: the user has passed the authentication. Z f...

  • Page 902

    Command manual – 802.1x - mac authentication h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 mac authentication configuration commands 3-4 parameters are configured before mac authentication is enabled globally, the default values are used. Z you can enable mac authentication for ports before enabling...

  • Page 903

    Command manual – 802.1x - mac authentication h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 mac authentication configuration commands 3-5 examples # specify the isp domain for mac authentication as domain1. Systme-view [sysname] mac-authentication domain domain1 3.1.4 mac-authentication timer syntax ...

  • Page 904

    Command manual – 802.1x - mac authentication h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 mac authentication configuration commands 3-6 examples # set the server timeout timer to 150 seconds. Systme-view [sysname] mac-authentication timer server-timeout 150 3.1.5 mac-authentication user-name-format...

  • Page 905

    Command manual – 802.1x - mac authentication h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 mac authentication configuration commands 3-7 note that: z when the user’s source mac address is used as the username, the password is also that mac address. Z in cipher display mode, a password in plain text ...

  • Page 906

    Command manual – 802.1x - mac authentication h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 mac authentication configuration commands 3-8 examples # clear mac authentication statistics on ethernet 2/0/1. Reset mac-authentication statistics interface ethernet2/0/1.

  • Page 907: Table of Contents

    Command manual – aaa radius hwtacacs h3c s7500e series ethernet switches table of contents i table of contents chapter 1 aaa/radius/hwtacacs configuration commands............................................. 1-1 1.1 aaa configuration commands............................................................

  • Page 908

    Command manual – aaa radius hwtacacs h3c s7500e series ethernet switches table of contents ii 1.2.4 display stop-accounting-buffer .............................................................................. 1-38 1.2.5 key...............................................................................

  • Page 909

    Command manual – aaa radius hwtacacs h3c s7500e series ethernet switches table of contents iii 1.3.18 timer quiet............................................................................................................ 1-74 1.3.19 timer realtime-accounting............................................

  • Page 912

    Command manual – aaa radius hwtacacs h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 aaa/radius/hwtacacs configuration commands 1-3 [sysname] domain system [sysname-isp-system] accounting default local # configure the default isp domain system to use radius accounting scheme rd for all types of users ...

  • Page 913

    Command manual – aaa radius hwtacacs h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 aaa/radius/hwtacacs configuration commands 1-4 # configure the default isp domain system to use radius accounting scheme rd for lan access users and to use the local accounting scheme as the backup scheme. System-view...

  • Page 914

    Command manual – aaa radius hwtacacs h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 aaa/radius/hwtacacs configuration commands 1-5 # configure the default isp domain system to use radius accounting scheme rd for login users and to use the local accounting scheme as the backup scheme. System-view [sys...

  • Page 916

    Command manual – aaa radius hwtacacs h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 aaa/radius/hwtacacs configuration commands 1-7 parameters access-limit max-user-number : specifies the maximum number of concurrent users that can log in using the current username, which ranges from 1 to 1024. Idle-c...

  • Page 918

    Command manual – aaa radius hwtacacs h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 aaa/radius/hwtacacs configuration commands 1-9 system-view [sysname] domain system [sysname-isp-system] authentication default radius-scheme rd local 1.1.9 authentication lan-access syntax authentication lan-access { ...

  • Page 919

    Command manual – aaa radius hwtacacs h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 aaa/radius/hwtacacs configuration commands 1-10 [sysname-isp-system] authentication lan-access radius-scheme rd local 1.1.10 authentication login syntax authentication login { hwtacacs-scheme hwtacacs-scheme-name [ lo...

  • Page 921

    Command manual – aaa radius hwtacacs h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 aaa/radius/hwtacacs configuration commands 1-12 parameters hwtacacs-scheme hwtacacs-scheme-name : specifies an hwtacacs scheme by its name, which is a string of 1 to 32 characters. Description use the authorization co...

  • Page 922

    Command manual – aaa radius hwtacacs h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 aaa/radius/hwtacacs configuration commands 1-13 description use the authorization default command to specify the authorization scheme for all types of users. Use the undo authorization default command to restore the d...

  • Page 923

    Command manual – aaa radius hwtacacs h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 aaa/radius/hwtacacs configuration commands 1-14 parameters local : performs local authorization. None : does not perform any authorization. In this case, an authenticated user is automatically authorized with the defa...

  • Page 924

    Command manual – aaa radius hwtacacs h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 aaa/radius/hwtacacs configuration commands 1-15 parameters hwtacacs-scheme hwtacacs-scheme-name : specifies an hwtacacs scheme by its name, which is a string of 1 to 32 characters. Local : performs local authorization...

  • Page 925

    Command manual – aaa radius hwtacacs h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 aaa/radius/hwtacacs configuration commands 1-16 parameters none : none authorization, which means the user is trusted completely. Here, the user is assigned with the default privilege. Radius-scheme radius-scheme-name...

  • Page 926

    Command manual – aaa radius hwtacacs h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 aaa/radius/hwtacacs configuration commands 1-17 domain isp-name : specifies all user connections of an isp domain. The isp-name argument refers to the name of an existing isp domain and is a string of 1 to 24 characte...

  • Page 927

    Command manual – aaa radius hwtacacs h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 aaa/radius/hwtacacs configuration commands 1-18 domain isp-name : specifies all user connections of an isp domain. The isp-name argument refers to the name of an existing isp domain and is a case-insensitive string of...

  • Page 928

    Command manual – aaa radius hwtacacs h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 aaa/radius/hwtacacs configuration commands 1-19 1.1.19 display domain syntax display domain [ isp-name ] view any view parameters isp-name : name of an existing isp domain, a string of 1 to 24 characters. Description ...

  • Page 929

    Command manual – aaa radius hwtacacs h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 aaa/radius/hwtacacs configuration commands 1-20 self-service = disable default domain name: system total 2 domain(s) table 1-2 description on the fields of the display domain command field description domain domain na...

  • Page 930

    Command manual – aaa radius hwtacacs h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 aaa/radius/hwtacacs configuration commands 1-21 z lan-access refers to users accessing the network through an ethernet, such as 802.1x users; z ssh refers to users using ssh; z telnet refers to users using telnet; z t...

  • Page 931

    Command manual – aaa radius hwtacacs h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 aaa/radius/hwtacacs configuration commands 1-22 field description servicetype service types that the user can use (ftp, lan-access, ssh, telnet, terminal) idle-cut whether idle cut is enabled access-limit accessing us...

  • Page 932

    Command manual – aaa radius hwtacacs h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 aaa/radius/hwtacacs configuration commands 1-23 if the specified isp domain does not exist, the system will create a new isp domain. All the isp domains are in the active state when they are created. Related commands:...

  • Page 934

    Command manual – aaa radius hwtacacs h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 aaa/radius/hwtacacs configuration commands 1-25 description use the level command to set the priority level of a user. Use the undo level command to restore the default. By default, the user priority is 0. Note that: ...

  • Page 935

    Command manual – aaa radius hwtacacs h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 aaa/radius/hwtacacs configuration commands 1-26 z ftp refers to users using ftp; z lan-access refers to users accessing the network through an ethernet, such as 802.1x users; z ssh refers to users using ssh; z telnet ...

  • Page 936

    Command manual – aaa radius hwtacacs h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 aaa/radius/hwtacacs configuration commands 1-27 z a local user password is always displayed in cipher text, regardless of the configuration of the password command. Z if you use the save command to save the configurat...

  • Page 937

    Command manual – aaa radius hwtacacs h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 aaa/radius/hwtacacs configuration commands 1-28 of 16 to 63 characters in plain text will be encrypted into a password of 88 characters in cipher text. For a password of 24 characters, if the system can decrypt the pa...

  • Page 938

    Command manual – aaa radius hwtacacs h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 aaa/radius/hwtacacs configuration commands 1-29 z after you configure the self-service-url enable command, a user can locate the self-service server by selecting [service/change password] from the 802.1x client. The c...

  • Page 939

    Command manual – aaa radius hwtacacs h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 aaa/radius/hwtacacs configuration commands 1-30 by default, a user is authorized with no service. Related commands: service-type ftp . Examples # authorize user user1 to use the telnet service. System-view [sysname] l...

  • Page 940

    Command manual – aaa radius hwtacacs h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 aaa/radius/hwtacacs configuration commands 1-31 parameters active : places the current isp domain or local user in the active state, allowing the users in the current isp domain or the current local user to request ne...

  • Page 941

    Command manual – aaa radius hwtacacs h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 aaa/radius/hwtacacs configuration commands 1-32 description use the work-directory command to specify the directory accessible to ftp/sftp users. Use the undo work-directory command to restore the default. By default,...

  • Page 942

    Command manual – aaa radius hwtacacs h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 aaa/radius/hwtacacs configuration commands 1-33 description use the data-flow-format command to specify the unit for data flows or packets to be sent to a radius server. Use the undo data-flow-format command to restor...

  • Page 943

    Command manual – aaa radius hwtacacs h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 aaa/radius/hwtacacs configuration commands 1-34 second acct ip = 0.0.0.0 port = 1813 state = block auth server encryption key= not configured acct server encryption key= not configured interval for timeout(second) =3 ...

  • Page 944

    Command manual – aaa radius hwtacacs h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 aaa/radius/hwtacacs configuration commands 1-35 field description quiet-interval(min) quiet interval for the primary server username format format of the username data flow unit unit of data flows packet unit unit of ...

  • Page 945

    Command manual – aaa radius hwtacacs h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 aaa/radius/hwtacacs configuration commands 1-36 running statistic: radius received messages statistic: normal auth request num = 0 err = 0 succ = 0 eap auth request num = 0 err = 0 succ = 0 account request num = 0 err...

  • Page 946

    Command manual – aaa radius hwtacacs h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 aaa/radius/hwtacacs configuration commands 1-37 field description rltwait the state of waiting for real-time accounting acctstop the state of accounting waiting stopped online the state of online stop the state of sto...

  • Page 947

    Command manual – aaa radius hwtacacs h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 aaa/radius/hwtacacs configuration commands 1-38 field description auth reject number of rejected authentication packets eap auth replying number of replying packets of eap authentication account success number of acco...

  • Page 948

    Command manual – aaa radius hwtacacs h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 aaa/radius/hwtacacs configuration commands 1-39 time-range start-time stop-time : specifies a time range by its start time and end time in the format of hh:mm:ss-mm/dd/yyyy or hh:mm:ss-yyyy/mm/dd. User-name user-name ...

  • Page 949

    Command manual – aaa radius hwtacacs h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 aaa/radius/hwtacacs configuration commands 1-40 use the undo key command to restore the default. By default, no shared key is configured. Note that: z you must ensure that the same shared key is set on the device and ...

  • Page 950

    Command manual – aaa radius hwtacacs h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 aaa/radius/hwtacacs configuration commands 1-41 note that: z specifying a source address for the radius packets to be sent to the server can avoid the situation where the packets sent back by the radius server cannot ...

  • Page 951

    Command manual – aaa radius hwtacacs h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 aaa/radius/hwtacacs configuration commands 1-42 z the radius service port configured on the device and that of the radius server must be consistent. Related commands: key , radius scheme , state . Examples # set the i...

  • Page 952

    Command manual – aaa radius hwtacacs h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 aaa/radius/hwtacacs configuration commands 1-43 related commands: key , radius scheme , state . Examples # set the ip address of the primary authentication/authorization server for radius scheme radius1 to 10.110.1.1 ...

  • Page 953

    Command manual – aaa radius hwtacacs h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 aaa/radius/hwtacacs configuration commands 1-44 examples # enable the listening port of the radius client. System-view [sysname] radius client enable 1.2.10 radius nas-ip syntax radius nas-ip ip-address undo radius na...

  • Page 954

    Command manual – aaa radius hwtacacs h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 aaa/radius/hwtacacs configuration commands 1-45 system-view [sysname] radius nas-ip 129.10.10.1 1.2.11 radius scheme syntax radius scheme radius-scheme-name undo radius scheme radius-scheme-name view system view param...

  • Page 956

    Command manual – aaa radius hwtacacs h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 aaa/radius/hwtacacs configuration commands 1-47 parameters slot slot-number : specifies the slot where the interface card is inserted. Description use the reset radius statistics command to clear radius statistics. Re...

  • Page 957

    Command manual – aaa radius hwtacacs h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 aaa/radius/hwtacacs configuration commands 1-48 # clear the buffered stop-accounting requests in the time range from 0:0:0 to 23:59:59 on august 31, 2006. Reset stop-accounting-buffer time-range 0:0:0-08/31/2006 23:59...

  • Page 958

    Command manual – aaa radius hwtacacs h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 aaa/radius/hwtacacs configuration commands 1-49 1.2.16 retry realtime-accounting syntax retry realtime-accounting retry-times undo retry realtime-accounting view radius scheme view parameters retry-times : maximum num...

  • Page 959

    Command manual – aaa radius hwtacacs h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 aaa/radius/hwtacacs configuration commands 1-50 system-view [sysname] radius scheme radius1 [sysname -radius-radius1] retry realtime-accounting 10 1.2.17 retry stop-accounting syntax retry stop-accounting retry-times ...

  • Page 960

    Command manual – aaa radius hwtacacs h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 aaa/radius/hwtacacs configuration commands 1-51 1.2.18 secondary accounting syntax secondary accounting ip-address [ port-number ] undo secondary accounting view radius scheme view parameters ip-address : ip address o...

  • Page 961

    Command manual – aaa radius hwtacacs h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 aaa/radius/hwtacacs configuration commands 1-52 view radius scheme view parameters ip-address : ip address of the secondary authentication/authorization server, in dotted decimal notation. The default is 0.0.0.0. Port...

  • Page 962

    Command manual – aaa radius hwtacacs h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 aaa/radius/hwtacacs configuration commands 1-53 description use the security-policy-server command to specify a security policy server. Use the undo security-policy-server command to remove one or all security policy ...

  • Page 963

    Command manual – aaa radius hwtacacs h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 aaa/radius/hwtacacs configuration commands 1-54 use the undo server-type command to restore the default. By default, the supported radius server type is standard . Related commands: radius scheme . Examples # set the ...

  • Page 964

    Command manual – aaa radius hwtacacs h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 aaa/radius/hwtacacs configuration commands 1-55 secondary server remains the same. If the secondary server fails, the device restores the status of the primary server to active immediately. Z if the primary server has...

  • Page 965

    Command manual – aaa radius hwtacacs h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 aaa/radius/hwtacacs configuration commands 1-56 nas buffers and resends the packet until it receives a response or the number of transmission retries reaches the configured limit. In the latter case, the nas discards ...

  • Page 966

    Command manual – aaa radius hwtacacs h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 aaa/radius/hwtacacs configuration commands 1-57 1.2.25 timer realtime-accounting syntax timer realtime-accounting minutes undo timer realtime-accounting view radius scheme view parameters minutes : real-time accountin...

  • Page 967

    Command manual – aaa radius hwtacacs h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 aaa/radius/hwtacacs configuration commands 1-58 [sysname] radius scheme radius1 [sysname-radius-radius1] timer realtime-accounting 51 1.2.26 timer response-timeout syntax timer response-timeout seconds undo timer resp...

  • Page 970

    Command manual – aaa radius hwtacacs h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 aaa/radius/hwtacacs configuration commands 1-61 parameters hwtacacs-scheme-name : hwtacacs scheme name. Statistics : displays complete statistics about the hwtacacs server. Slot slot-number : specifies the slot where ...

  • Page 971

    Command manual – aaa radius hwtacacs h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 aaa/radius/hwtacacs configuration commands 1-62 -------------------------------------------------------------------- table 1-7 description on the fields of the display hwtacacs command field description hwtacacs-serve...

  • Page 972

    Command manual – aaa radius hwtacacs h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 aaa/radius/hwtacacs configuration commands 1-63 parameters hwtacacs-scheme hwtacacs-scheme-name : specifies a hwtacacs scheme by its name, a string of 1 to 32 characters. Slot slot-number : specifies the slot where th...

  • Page 973

    Command manual – aaa radius hwtacacs h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 aaa/radius/hwtacacs configuration commands 1-64 z specifying a source address for the hwtacacs packets to be sent to the server can avoid the situation where the packets sent back by the hwtacacs server cannot reach t...

  • Page 975

    Command manual – aaa radius hwtacacs h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 aaa/radius/hwtacacs configuration commands 1-66 parameters ip-address : ip address in dotted decimal notation. It must be an address of the device and cannot be all 0s address, all 1s address, a class d address, a cla...

  • Page 976

    Command manual – aaa radius hwtacacs h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 aaa/radius/hwtacacs configuration commands 1-67 parameters ip-address : ip address of the server, a valid unicast address in dotted decimal notation. The default is 0.0.0.0. Port-number : port number of the server. It...

  • Page 977

    Command manual – aaa radius hwtacacs h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 aaa/radius/hwtacacs configuration commands 1-68 description use the primary authentication command to specify the primary hwtacacs authentication server. Use the undo primary authentication command to remove the confi...

  • Page 978

    Command manual – aaa radius hwtacacs h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 aaa/radius/hwtacacs configuration commands 1-69 note that: z the ip addresses of the primary and secondary authorization servers cannot be the same. Otherwise, the configuration fails. Z the hwtacacs service port conf...

  • Page 979

    Command manual – aaa radius hwtacacs h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 aaa/radius/hwtacacs configuration commands 1-70 reset hwtacacs statistics all 1.3.12 reset stop-accounting-buffer syntax reset stop-accounting-buffer hwtacacs-scheme hwtacacs-scheme-name [ slot slot-number ] view user...

  • Page 980

    Command manual – aaa radius hwtacacs h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 aaa/radius/hwtacacs configuration commands 1-71 description use the retry stop-accounting command to set the maximum number of stop-accounting request transmission attempts. Use the undo retry stop-accounting command ...

  • Page 981

    Command manual – aaa radius hwtacacs h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 aaa/radius/hwtacacs configuration commands 1-72 examples # configure the secondary accounting server. System-view [sysname] hwtacacs scheme hwt1 [sysname-hwtacacs-hwt1] secondary accouting 10.163.155.12 49 1.3.15 seco...

  • Page 982

    Command manual – aaa radius hwtacacs h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 aaa/radius/hwtacacs configuration commands 1-73 1.3.16 secondary authorization syntax secondary authorization ip-address [ por-number t ] undo secondary authorization view hwtacacs scheme view parameters ip-address : ...

  • Page 983

    Command manual – aaa radius hwtacacs h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 aaa/radius/hwtacacs configuration commands 1-74 view hwtacacs scheme view parameters none description use the stop-accounting-buffer enable command to enable the device to buffer stop-accounting requests getting no re...

  • Page 984

    Command manual – aaa radius hwtacacs h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 aaa/radius/hwtacacs configuration commands 1-75 parameters minutes : primary server quiet period, in minutes. It ranges from 1 to 255 and defaults to 5. Description use the timer quiet command to set the quiet timer f...

  • Page 985

    Command manual – aaa radius hwtacacs h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 aaa/radius/hwtacacs configuration commands 1-76 when there are a large number of users (more than 1000, inclusive). The following table lists the recommended ratios of the interval to the number of users. Table 1-8 re...

  • Page 986

    Command manual – aaa radius hwtacacs h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 aaa/radius/hwtacacs configuration commands 1-77 examples # set the hwtacacs server response timeout timer to 30 seconds for hwtacacs scheme hwt1 . System-view [sysname] hwtacacs scheme hwt1 [sysname-hwtacacs-hwt1] tim...

  • Page 987

    Command manual – aaa radius hwtacacs h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 aaa/radius/hwtacacs configuration commands 1-78 examples # specify the device to include the isp domain name in the username sent to the hwtacacs servers for the hwtacacs scheme hwt1. System-view [sysname] hwtacacs sc...

  • Page 988: Table of Contents

    Command manual – portal h3c s7500e series ethernet switches table of contents i table of contents chapter 1 portal configuration commands ............................................................................... 1-1 1.1 portal configuration commands................................................

  • Page 990

    Command manual – portal h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 portal configuration commands 1-2 ip = 192.168.0.111 mask = 255.255.255.255 rule 1 inbound interface = ethernet2/0/4 type = static action = permit source: ip = 0.0.0.0 mask = 0.0.0.0 mac = 0000-0000-0000 interface = any vlan = 2 d...

  • Page 991

    Command manual – portal h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 portal configuration commands 1-3 view any view parameters all : specifies all interfaces. Interface interface-type interface-number : specifies an interface by its type and number. Description use the display portal connection st...

  • Page 992

    Command manual – portal h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 portal configuration commands 1-4 msg_leaving_req 0 0 0 msg_arppkt 0 0 0 msg_tmr_reqauth 1 0 0 msg_tmr_authen 0 0 0 msg_tmr_author 0 0 0 msg_tmr_login 0 0 0 msg_tmr_logout 0 0 0 msg_tmr_leaving 0 0 0 msg_tmr_newip 0 0 0 msg_tmr_us...

  • Page 993

    Command manual – portal h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 portal configuration commands 1-5 field description total total number of messages err number of erroneous messages discard number of discarded messages msg_authen_ack authentication acknowledgment message msg_author_ack authoriza...

  • Page 994

    Command manual – portal h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 portal configuration commands 1-6 1.1.3 display portal free-rule syntax display portal free-rule [ rule-number ] view any view parameters rule-number : number of a portal-free rule, in the range 0 to 31. Description use the displa...

  • Page 995

    Command manual – portal h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 portal configuration commands 1-7 field description destination destination information in the portal-free rule ip destination ip address in the portal-free rule mask subnet mask of the destination ip address in the portal-free ru...

  • Page 996

    Command manual – portal h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 portal configuration commands 1-8 field description mask subnet mask of the ip address of the portal authentication subnet 1.1.5 display portal server syntax display portal server [ server-name ] view any view parameters server-na...

  • Page 998

    Command manual – portal h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 portal configuration commands 1-10 ack_info 6 0 0 ntf_userdiscover 0 0 0 ntf_useripchange 0 0 0 aff_ntf_useripchange 0 0 0 ack_ntf_logout 1 0 0 table 1-6 description on the fields of the display portal server statistics command fi...

  • Page 999

    Command manual – portal h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 portal configuration commands 1-11 field description ack_ntf_logout forced logout acknowledgment message from the portal server 1.1.7 display portal tcp-cheat statistics syntax display portal tcp-cheat statistics view any view par...

  • Page 1000

    Command manual – portal h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 portal configuration commands 1-12 table 1-7 description on fields of the display portal tcp-cheat statistics command field description tcp cheat statistic tcp spoofing statistics total opens total number of opened connections res...

  • Page 1001

    Command manual – portal h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 portal configuration commands 1-13 examples # display information about portal users on all interfaces. Display portal user all index:2 state:online substate:invalid mac ip vlan interface ------------------------------------------...

  • Page 1002

    Command manual – portal h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 portal configuration commands 1-14 description use the portal auth-network command to configure a portal authentication subnet. Use the undo portal auth-network command to remove a specified portal authentication subnet or all por...

  • Page 1004

    Command manual – portal h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 portal configuration commands 1-16 examples # configure a portal-free rule, allowing any packet whose source ip address is 10.10.10.1/24 and source interface is vlan-interface 2 to bypass portal authentication. System-view [sysnam...

  • Page 1005

    Command manual – portal h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 portal configuration commands 1-17 caution: z if the portal feature is enabled on an interface, you cannot remove the portal server that the interface references. If there are users on this interface, you cannot modify the paramet...

  • Page 1006

    Command manual – portal h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 portal configuration commands 1-18 note that the portal server to be referenced must exist. Related commands: display portal server . Examples # enable portal authentication on interface vlan-interface 100, setting the portal serv...

  • Page 1007

    Command manual – portal h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 portal configuration commands 1-19 interface interface-type interface-number : specifies an interface by its type and number. Description use the reset portal server statistics command to clear portal server statistics on a specif...

  • Page 1008: Table of Contents

    Command manual – arp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches table of contents i table of contents chapter 1 arp configuration commands .................................................................................. 1-1 1.1 arp configuration commands......................................................

  • Page 1009

    Command manual – arp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 arp configuration commands 1-1 chapter 1 arp configuration commands 1.1 arp configuration commands 1.1.1 arp max-learning-num syntax arp max-learning-num number undo arp max-learning-num view vlan interface view parameters number : m...

  • Page 1010

    Command manual – arp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 arp configuration commands 1-2 parameters ip-address : ip address in an arp entry. Mac-address : mac address in an arp entry, in the format h-h-h. Vlan-id : id of a vlan to which a static arp entry belongs to, in the range 1 to 4094....

  • Page 1011

    Command manual – arp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 arp configuration commands 1-3 description use the arp timer aging command to set aging time for dynamic arp entries. Use the undo arp timer aging command to restore the default. Related commands: display arp timer aging . Examples #...

  • Page 1012

    Command manual – arp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 arp configuration commands 1-4 description use the display arp command to display arp entries in the arp mapping table. Related commands: arp static , reset arp . Examples # display the information of all arp entries. Display arp all...

  • Page 1014

    Command manual – arp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 arp configuration commands 1-6 current arp aging time is 10 minute(s) 1.1.7 naturemask-arp enable syntax naturemask-arp enable undo naturemask-arp enable view system view parameters none description use the naturemask-arp enable comm...

  • Page 1015

    Command manual – arp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 arp configuration commands 1-7 interface interface-type interface-number: clears the arp entries for the port specified by the argument interface-type interface-number . Description use the reset arp command to clear arp entries from...

  • Page 1016

    Command manual – arp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 arp configuration commands 1-8 1.2.2 gratuitous-arp-learning enable syntax gratuitous-arp-learning enable undo gratuitous-arp-learning enable view system view parameters none description use the gratuitous-arp-learning enable command...

  • Page 1017

    Command manual – arp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 arp configuration commands 1-9 by default, the arp source suppression function is disabled. Related commands: display arp source-suppression . Examples # enable the arp source suppression function. System-view system view: return to ...

  • Page 1018

    Command manual – arp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 arp configuration commands 1-10 view any view parameters none description use the display arp source-suppression command to display information about the current arp source suppression configuration. Examples # display information ab...

  • Page 1019

    Command manual – arp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 arp configuration commands 1-11 parameters none description use the arp resolving-route enable command to enable arp defense against ip packet attacks. Use the undo arp resolving-route enable command to disable the function. By defau...

  • Page 1020

    Command manual – arp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 proxy arp configuration commands 2-1 chapter 2 proxy arp configuration commands 2.1 proxy arp configuration commands 2.1.1 proxy-arp enable syntax proxy-arp enable undo proxy-arp enable view vlan interface view parameters none descri...

  • Page 1021

    Command manual – arp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 proxy arp configuration commands 2-2 parameters none description use the local-proxy-arp enable command to enable local proxy arp. Use the undo local-proxy-arp enable command to disable local proxy arp. By default, local proxy arp is...

  • Page 1022

    Command manual – arp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 proxy arp configuration commands 2-3 2.1.4 display local-proxy-arp syntax display local-proxy-arp [ interface vlan-interface vlan-id ] view any view parameters interfacevlan-interface vlan-id : displays the local proxy arp status of ...

  • Page 1023: Table of Contents

    Command manual – dhcp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches table of contents i table of contents chapter 1 dhcp server configuration commands ................................................................... 1-1 1.1 dhcp server configuration commands ...................................................

  • Page 1024

    Command manual – dhcp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches table of contents ii chapter 2 dhcp relay agent configuration commands ......................................................... 2-1 2.1 dhcp relay agent configuration commands ....................................................................

  • Page 1025

    Command manual – dhcp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 dhcp server configuration commands 1-1 chapter 1 dhcp server configuration commands note: z the dhcp server configuration is supported only on vlan interfaces and loopback interfaces. The subaddress pool configuration is not support...

  • Page 1026

    Command manual – dhcp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 dhcp server configuration commands 1-2 examples # specify the ip address 1.1.1.1, port number 80, shared key aabbcc of the bims server in dhcp address pool 0 for the client. System-view [sysname] dhcp server ip-pool 0 [sysname-dhcp-...

  • Page 1027

    Command manual – dhcp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 dhcp server configuration commands 1-3 view system view parameters none description use the dhcp enable command to enable dhcp. Use the undo dhcp enable command to disable dhcp. By default, dhcp is disabled. Note: you need to enable...

  • Page 1028

    Command manual – dhcp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 dhcp server configuration commands 1-4 description use the dhcp select server global-pool command to enable the dhcp server on specified interface(s). After the interface receives a dhcp request, the dhcp server will allocate an ip ...

  • Page 1029

    Command manual – dhcp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 dhcp server configuration commands 1-5 undo dhcp server forbidden-ip low-ip-address [ high-ip-address ] view system view parameters low-ip-address : start ip address of the ip address range to be excluded from dynamic allocation. Hi...

  • Page 1030

    Command manual – dhcp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 dhcp server configuration commands 1-6 view system view parameters pool-name : global address pool name, which is a unique pool identifier, a string of 1 to 35 characters. Description use the dhcp server ip-pool command to create a ...

  • Page 1031

    Command manual – dhcp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 dhcp server configuration commands 1-7 examples # specify the maximum number of ping packets as 1. System-view [sysname] dhcp server ping packets 10 1.1.9 dhcp server ping timeout syntax dhcp server ping timeout milliseconds undo dh...

  • Page 1032

    Command manual – dhcp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 dhcp server configuration commands 1-8 description use the dhcp server relay information enable command to enable the dhcp server to handle option 82. Use the undo dhcp server relay information enable command to configure the dhcp s...

  • Page 1033

    Command manual – dhcp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 dhcp server configuration commands 1-9 table 1-1 description on fields of the display dhcp server conflict command field description address conflicted ip address discover time time when the conflict was discovered 1.1.12 display dh...

  • Page 1034

    Command manual – dhcp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 dhcp server configuration commands 1-10 table 1-2 description on fields of the display dhcp server expired command field description global pool information about lease expiration of a dhcp address pool ip address expired ip address...

  • Page 1035

    Command manual – dhcp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 dhcp server configuration commands 1-11 parameters none description use the display dhcp server forbidden-ip command to display ip addresses excluded from dynamic allocation in dhcp address pool. Examples # display ip addresses excl...

  • Page 1036

    Command manual – dhcp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 dhcp server configuration commands 1-12 --- total 1 entry --- table 1-3 description on fields of the display dhcp server ip-in-use command field description global pool binding information of a dhcp address pool ip address bound ip ...

  • Page 1037

    Command manual – dhcp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 dhcp server configuration commands 1-13 manual: 0 expire: 0 bootp request: 10 dhcpdiscover: 5 dhcprequest: 3 dhcpdecline: 0 dhcprelease: 2 dhcpinform: 0 bootprequest: 0 bootp reply: 6 dhcpoffer: 3 dhcpack: 3 dhcpnak: 0 bootpreply: 0...

  • Page 1039

    Command manual – dhcp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 dhcp server configuration commands 1-15 field description static-bind ip-address 10.10.1.2 mask 255.0.0.0 static-bind mac-address 00e0-00fc-0001 the ip address and mac address of the static binding sibling node the sibling node of t...

  • Page 1040

    Command manual – dhcp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 dhcp server configuration commands 1-16 if you repeatedly use the dns-list command, the latest configuration will overwrite the previous one. Related commands: dhcp server ip-pool . Examples # specify the dns server address 10.1.1.2...

  • Page 1042

    Command manual – dhcp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 dhcp server configuration commands 1-18 parameters ip-address &: gateway ip address. & means you can specify up to eight gateway addresses separated by spaces. All : specifies all gateway ip addresses to be removed. Description use ...

  • Page 1043

    Command manual – dhcp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 dhcp server configuration commands 1-19 by default, no wins server address is specified. If you use the nbns-list command repeatedly, the latest configuration will overwrite the previous one. Related commands: dhcp server ip-pool , ...

  • Page 1044

    Command manual – dhcp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 dhcp server configuration commands 1-20 related commands: dhcp server ip-pool , nbns-list . Examples # specify the netbios node type as b-node in dhcp address pool 0. System-view [sysname] dhcp server ip-pool 0 [sysname-dhcp-pool-0]...

  • Page 1046

    Command manual – dhcp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 dhcp server configuration commands 1-22 view user view parameters all : clears the statistics of all ip address conflicts. Ip ip-address : clears the conflict statistics of a specified ip address. Description use the reset dhcp serv...

  • Page 1047

    Command manual – dhcp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 dhcp server configuration commands 1-23 1.1.28 reset dhcp server statistics syntax reset dhcp server statistics view user view parameters none description use the reset dhcp server statistics command to clear the statistics of the d...

  • Page 1048

    Command manual – dhcp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 dhcp server configuration commands 1-24 note that: z use the static-bind client-identifier command together with the static-bind ip-address command to accomplish a static binding configuration. Z the id of the static binding of a cl...

  • Page 1049

    Command manual – dhcp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 dhcp server configuration commands 1-25 note that: z use the static-bind ip-address command together with the static-bind mac-address or static-bind client-identifier command to accomplish a static binding configuration. Z if the st...

  • Page 1050

    Command manual – dhcp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 dhcp server configuration commands 1-26 z if you use the static-bind mac-address or static-bind client-identifier command repeatedly, the latest configuration will overwrite the previous one. Relate command: dhcp server ip-pool , st...

  • Page 1051

    Command manual – dhcp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 dhcp server configuration commands 1-27 1.1.33 tftp-server ip-address syntax tftp-server ip-address ip-address undo tftp-server ip-address view dhcp address pool view parameters ip-address: tftp server ip address. Description use th...

  • Page 1052

    Command manual – dhcp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 dhcp server configuration commands 1-28 fail-over ip-address dialer-string : specifies the failover ip address and dialer string. The dialer-string is a string of 1 to 39 characters, which can be 0 to 9, and “*”. Ncp-ip ip-address :...

  • Page 1053: Commands

    Command manual – dhcp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 dhcp relay agent configuration commands 2-1 chapter 2 dhcp relay agent configuration commands note: z the dhcp relay agent configuration is supported only on vlan interfaces. Z dhcp snooping cannot be configured on the dhcp relay ag...

  • Page 1055

    Command manual – dhcp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 dhcp relay agent configuration commands 2-3 parameters none description use the dhcp relay information enable command to enable the relay agent to support option 82. Use the undo dhcp relay information enable command to disable opti...

  • Page 1056

    Command manual – dhcp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 dhcp relay agent configuration commands 2-4 the option 82 padding format defaults to normal . Note: z using the undo dhcp relay information format command without the keyword verbose node-identifier restores the default normal paddi...

  • Page 1057

    Command manual – dhcp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 dhcp relay agent configuration commands 2-5 description use the dhcp relay information strategy command to configure dhcp relay agent handling strategy for messages containing option 82. Use the undo dhcp relay information strategy ...

  • Page 1059

    Command manual – dhcp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 dhcp relay agent configuration commands 2-7 view system view parameters interval : refreshing interval in seconds, in the range of 1 to 120. Auto : specifies the auto refreshing interval, which is the value of 60 seconds divided by ...

  • Page 1060

    Command manual – dhcp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 dhcp relay agent configuration commands 2-8 examples # enable unauthorized dhcp server detection. System-view [sysname] dhcp relay server-detect 2.1.10 dhcp relay server-group syntax dhcp relay server-group group- ip ip-address undo...

  • Page 1061

    Command manual – dhcp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 dhcp relay agent configuration commands 2-9 2.1.11 dhcp relay server-select syntax dhcp relay server-select group-id undo dhcp relay server-select view interface view parameters group-id : dhcp server group number to be correlated, ...

  • Page 1062

    Command manual – dhcp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 dhcp relay agent configuration commands 2-10 description use the dhcp select relay command to enable the relay agent on the current interface, specified or all interfaces. Upon receiving requests from an enabled interface, the relay...

  • Page 1063

    Command manual – dhcp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 dhcp relay agent configuration commands 2-11 table 2-1 description on fields of the display dhcp relay all command field description interface name interface name server-group dhcp server group number correlated to the interface. 2....

  • Page 1064

    Command manual – dhcp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 dhcp relay agent configuration commands 2-12 field description type type of binding, including dynamic and static interface vlan interface connecting to the dhcp client. If no vlan interface is recorded in the binding entry, “n/a” i...

  • Page 1065

    Command manual – dhcp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 dhcp relay agent configuration commands 2-13 2.1.16 display dhcp relay security tracker syntax display dhcp relay security tracker view any view parameters none description use the display dhcp relay security tracker command to disp...

  • Page 1066

    Command manual – dhcp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 dhcp relay agent configuration commands 2-14 no. Group ip 1 1.1.1.1 2 1.1.1.2 table 2-4 description on fields of the display dhcp relay server-group command field description no. Sequence number group ip ip address in the server gro...

  • Page 1067

    Command manual – dhcp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 dhcp relay agent configuration commands 2-15 dhcp packets received from servers: 0 dhcpoffer packets received: 0 dhcpack packets received: 0 dhcpnak packets received: 0 bootpreply packets received: 0 dhcp packets relayed to servers:...

  • Page 1068

    Command manual – dhcp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 dhcp relay agent configuration commands 2-16 dhcpack 0 dhcpnak 0 bootpreply 0 2.1.19 reset dhcp relay statistics syntax reset dhcp relay statistics [ server-group group-id ] view user view parameters server-group group-id : specifie...

  • Page 1069

    Command manual – dhcp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 dhcp client configuration commands 3-1 chapter 3 dhcp client configuration commands note: z the dhcp client configuration is supported only on vlan interfaces. Z when multiple vlan interfaces having the same mac address use dhcp for...

  • Page 1070

    Command manual – dhcp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 dhcp client configuration commands 3-2 allocated ip: 40.1.1.20 255.255.255.0 allocated lease: 259200 seconds, t1: 129600 seconds, t2: 226800 seconds dhcp server: 40.1.1.2 # display verbose dhcp client information. Display dhcp clien...

  • Page 1071

    Command manual – dhcp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 dhcp client configuration commands 3-3 field description dns server the dns server address assigned to the client domain name the domain name suffix assigned to the client boot server pxe server addresses (up to 16 addresses) specif...

  • Page 1072

    Command manual – dhcp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 dhcp client configuration commands 3-4 [sysname] interface vlan-interface 1 [sysname-vlan-interface1] ip address dhcp-alloc.

  • Page 1073: Commands

    Command manual – dhcp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 dhcp snooping configuration commands 4-1 chapter 4 dhcp snooping configuration commands note: z dhcp snooping supports no link aggregation. If an ethernet port is added into an aggregation group, dhcp snooping configuration on it wi...

  • Page 1074

    Command manual – dhcp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 dhcp snooping configuration commands 4-2 with dhcp snooping disabled, all ports can forward responses from any dhcp servers and does not record binding information about mac addresses of dhcp clients and the obtained ip addresses. B...

  • Page 1076

    Command manual – dhcp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 dhcp snooping configuration commands 4-4 parameters drop : drops the requesting message containing option 82. Keep : forwards the requesting message containing option 82 without changing option 82. Replace : forwards the requesting ...

  • Page 1077

    Command manual – dhcp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 dhcp snooping configuration commands 4-5 related commands: display dhcp-snooping trust . Examples # specify gigabitethernet 2/0/1 as a trusted port and allow it to record the ip-to-mac bindings of clients. System-view [sysname] inte...

  • Page 1078

    Command manual – dhcp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 dhcp snooping configuration commands 4-6 d 10.1.1.1 000f-e200-0006 286 1 gigabitethernet2/0/1 --- 1 dhcp-snooping item(s) found --- table 4-1 description on fields of the display dhcp snooping command field description type binding ...

  • Page 1080: Table of Contents

    Command manual – acl h3c s7500e series ethernet switches table of contents i table of contents chapter 1 acl configuration commands .................................................................................. 1-1 1.1 common configuration commands ..................................................

  • Page 1081

    Command manual – acl h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 acl configuration commands 1-1 chapter 1 acl configuration commands 1.1 common configuration commands 1.1.1 display acl resource syntax display acl resource [ slot slot-id ] view any view parameters slot-id : number of the slot. Desc...

  • Page 1082

    Command manual – acl h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 acl configuration commands 1-2 type total reserved configured remaining ------------------------------------------------------------------------ ifp acl 1024 0 46 978 ifp meter 512 0 44 468 ifp counter 512 0 0 512 interface: ge3/0/1 ...

  • Page 1083

    Command manual – acl h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 acl configuration commands 1-3 table 1-1 description on the fields of the display acl resource command field description interface interface indicated by its type and number type resource type: z acl indicates acl rule resources, z m...

  • Page 1084

    Command manual – acl h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 acl configuration commands 1-4 time-range : trname ( inactive ) from 15:00 1/28/2006 to 15:00 1/28/2008 table 1-2 description on the fields of the display time-range command field description current time current system time time-ran...

  • Page 1085

    Command manual – acl h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 acl configuration commands 1-5 from time1 date1 : indicates the start time and date of an absolute time range. The time1 argument specifies the time of the day in hh:mm format as 24-hour time, where hh is hours and mm is minutes. Its...

  • Page 1086

    Command manual – acl h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 acl configuration commands 1-6 examples # create an absolute time range named test, setting it to become active from 00:00 on january 1, 2008. System-view [sysname] time-range test from 0:0 2008/1/1 # create a periodic time range nam...

  • Page 1087

    Command manual – acl h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 acl configuration commands 1-7 by default, the match order is config . Note that: z you can specify a name for an ipv4 acl only when you create the acl. After creating an acl, you cannot specify a name for it, nor can you change or r...

  • Page 1089

    Command manual – acl h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 acl configuration commands 1-9 system-view [sysname] acl copy 2008 to 2009 1.2.3 acl name syntax acl name acl-name view system view parameters acl-name : name of the ipv4 acl, a case insensitive string of 1 to 32 characters. It must ...

  • Page 1090

    Command manual – acl h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 acl configuration commands 1-10 by default, no ipv4 acl description is present. Examples # create a description for ipv4 acl 2000. System-view [sysname] acl number 2000 [sysname-acl-basic-2000] description this acl is used in eth 2/0...

  • Page 1091

    Command manual – acl h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 acl configuration commands 1-11 examples # display information about ipv4 acl 2001. Display acl 2001 basic acl 2001, named flow, 1 rule, acl's step is 5 rule 5 permit source 1.1.1.1 0 (5 times matched) rule 5 comment this rule is use...

  • Page 1092

    Command manual – acl h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 acl configuration commands 1-12 description use the reset acl counter command to clear statistics about a specified or all ipv4 acls that are referenced by upper layer software. Examples # clear statistics about ipv4 acl 2001, which ...

  • Page 1093

    Command manual – acl h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 acl configuration commands 1-13 insensitive and must start with an english letter. To avoid confusion, this name cannot be all. Vpn-instance vpn-instance-name : specifies a vpn instance. The vpn-instance-name argument is a case-sensi...

  • Page 1095

    Command manual – acl h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 acl configuration commands 1-15 parameters function description tos tos specifies a tos preference. The tos argument can be a number in the range 0 to 15, or in words, max-reliability (2), max-throughput (4), min-delay (8), min-monet...

  • Page 1096

    Command manual – acl h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 acl configuration commands 1-16 table 1-5 tcp/udp-specific parameters for advanced ipv4 acl rules parameters function description source-port operator port1 [ port2 ] defines a udp or tcp source port against which udp or tcp packets ...

  • Page 1098

    Command manual – acl h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 acl configuration commands 1-18 description use the rule command to define or modify an advanced ipv4 acl rule. If the rule does not exist, it is created first. Use the undo rule command to remove an advanced ipv4 acl rule or paramet...

  • Page 1100

    Command manual – acl h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 acl configuration commands 1-20 note that: z you will fail to create or modify a rule if its permit/deny statement is exactly the same as another rule. In addition, if the acl match order is set to auto rather than config , you canno...

  • Page 1101

    Command manual – acl h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 acl configuration commands 1-21 description use the rule comment command to create a rule description for an existing acl rule or modify the rule description of an acl rule to, for example, describe the purpose of the acl rule or the...

  • Page 1102

    Command manual – acl h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 acl configuration commands 1-22 by default, rule numbering step is five. Examples # set the rule numbering step to 2 for acl 2000. System-view [sysname] acl number 2000 [sysname-acl-basic-2000] step 2 # set the rule numbering step to...

  • Page 1103

    Command manual – acl h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 acl configuration commands 1-23 description use the acl ipv6 command to enter ipv6 acl view. If the acl does not exist, it is created first. Use the undo acl ipv6 command to remove a specified or all ipv6 acls. By default, the match ...

  • Page 1105

    Command manual – acl h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 acl configuration commands 1-25 examples # copy ipv6 acl 2008 to generate ipv6 acl 2009. System-view [sysname] acl ipv6 copy 2008 to 2009 1.3.3 acl ipv6 name syntax acl ipv6 name acl6-name view system view parameters acl6-name : name...

  • Page 1106

    Command manual – acl h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 acl configuration commands 1-26 description use the description command to create an ipv6 acl description, to describe the purpose of the acl for example. Use the undo description command to remove the ipv6 acl description. By defaul...

  • Page 1107

    Command manual – acl h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 acl configuration commands 1-27 display acl ipv6 2001 basic ipv6 acl 2001, named flow, 1 rule, acl's step is 5 rule 0 permit source 1::2/128 (5 times matched) rule 0 comment this rule is used in eth 2/0/1 table 1-8 description on the...

  • Page 1108

    Command manual – acl h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 acl configuration commands 1-28 examples # clear statistics about ipv6 acl 2001, which is referenced by upper layer software. Reset acl ipv6 counter 2001 # clear statistics about the ipv6 acl named flow, which is referenced by upper ...

  • Page 1109

    Command manual – acl h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 acl configuration commands 1-29 z you will fail to create or modify a rule if its permit/deny statement is exactly the same as another rule. In addition, if the acl match order is set to auto rather than config , you cannot modify ac...

  • Page 1110

    Command manual – acl h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 acl configuration commands 1-30 deny : defines a deny statement to drop matched packets. Permit : defines a permit statement to allow matched packets to pass. Protocol : protocol carried on ipv6. It can be a number in the range 0 to ...

  • Page 1111

    Command manual – acl h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 acl configuration commands 1-31 table 1-10 tcp/udp-specific match criteria for advanced ipv6 acl rules parameters function description source-port operator port1 [ port2 ] defines the source port in the udp/tcp packet. Destination-po...

  • Page 1113

    Command manual – acl h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 acl configuration commands 1-33 with the undo rule command, if no parameters are specified, the entire acl rule is removed; if other parameters are specified, only the involved information is removed. Note that: z you will fail to cr...

  • Page 1114

    Command manual – acl h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 acl configuration commands 1-34 parameters rule-id : ipv6 acl rule number in the range 0 to 65534. Text : ipv6 acl rule description, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 127 characters. Description use the rule comment command to create a...

  • Page 1115

    Command manual – acl h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 acl configuration commands 1-35 examples # set the rule numbering step to 2 for ipv6 acl 2000. System-view [sysname] acl ipv6 number 2000 [sysname-acl6-basic-2000] step 2 # set the rule numbering step to 2 for ipv6 acl 3000. System-v...

  • Page 1116: Table of Contents

    Command manual – qos h3c s7500e series ethernet switches table of contents i table of contents chapter 1 lr configuration commands..................................................................................... 1-1 1.1 lr configuration commands .....................................................

  • Page 1117

    Command manual – qos h3c s7500e series ethernet switches table of contents ii chapter 3 congestion management configuration commands .............................................. 3-1 3.1 congestion management configuration commands......................................................... 3-1 3.1.1 ...

  • Page 1118

    Command manual – qos h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 lr configuration commands 1-1 chapter 1 lr configuration commands 1.1 lr configuration commands 1.1.1 display qos lr interface syntax display qos lr interface [ interface-type interface-number ] view any view parameters interface-typ...

  • Page 1119

    Command manual – qos h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 lr configuration commands 1-2 1.1.2 qos lr outbound syntax qos lr outbound cir committed-information-rate [ cbs committed-burst-size ] undo qos lr outbound view ethernet interface view, port group view parameters outbound : limits th...

  • Page 1120

    Command manual – qos h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 qos policy configuration commands 2-1 chapter 2 qos policy configuration commands 2.1 commands for defining classes 2.1.1 display traffic classifier syntax display traffic classifier user-defined [ classifier-name ] view any view par...

  • Page 1121

    Command manual – qos h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 qos policy configuration commands 2-2 2.1.2 if-match syntax if-match match-criteria undo if-match match-criteria view class view parameters match-criteria : matching rule to be defined. Table 2-2 describes the available forms of this...

  • Page 1122

    Command manual – qos h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 qos policy configuration commands 2-3 field description service-dot1p 8021p-list specifies to match packets by 802.1p precedence of the service provider network. The 8021p-list argument is a list of cos values. You can provide up to ...

  • Page 1123

    Command manual – qos h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 qos policy configuration commands 2-4 examples # define a rule for class1 to match the packets with their destination mac addresses being 0050-ba27-bed3. System-view [sysname] traffic classifier class1 [sysname-classifier-class1] if-...

  • Page 1124

    Command manual – qos h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 qos policy configuration commands 2-5 system-view [sysname] traffic classifier class1 [sysname-classifier-class1] if-match customer-dot1p 2 # define a rule for class 1 to match the packets with the service provider network 802.1p pre...

  • Page 1125

    Command manual – qos h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 qos policy configuration commands 2-6 examples # create a class named class 1. System-view [sysname] traffic classifier class1 [sysname-classifier-class1] 2.2 traffic behavior configuration commands 2.2.1 accounting syntax accounting...

  • Page 1126

    Command manual – qos h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 qos policy configuration commands 2-7 view traffic behavior view parameters cir committed-information-rate : specifies the committed information rate (cir) in kbps. The committed-information-rate argument ranges from 64 to 10000000 a...

  • Page 1127

    Command manual – qos h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 qos policy configuration commands 2-8 description use the car command to configure tp action for a traffic behavior. Use the undo car command to remove the tp action. Note that, if you configure the tp action for a traffic behavior f...

  • Page 1128

    Command manual – qos h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 qos policy configuration commands 2-9 cir 64 (kbps), cbs 4000 (byte), ebs 4000 (byte), pir 640 (kbps) green action: pass red action: discard yellow action: pass table 2-3 description on the fields of the display traffic behavior user...

  • Page 1129

    Command manual – qos h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 qos policy configuration commands 2-10 description use the filter command to configure traffic filtering action for a traffic behavior. Use the undo filter command to remove the traffic filtering action. Related commands: qos policy ...

  • Page 1131

    Command manual – qos h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 qos policy configuration commands 2-12 2.2.7 remark customer-vlan-id syntax remark customer-vlan-id vlan-id-value undo remark customer-vlan-id view traffic behavior view parameters vlan-id-value : vlan id to be set for packets, in th...

  • Page 1132

    Command manual – qos h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 qos policy configuration commands 2-13 description use the remark dot1p command to configure the action of setting 802.1p precedence for a traffic behavior. Use the undo remark dot1p command to remove the action of setting 802.1p pre...

  • Page 1133

    Command manual – qos h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 qos policy configuration commands 2-14 [sysname-behavior-database] remark drop-precedence 2 2.2.10 remark dscp syntax remark dscp dscp-value undo remark dscp view traffic behavior view parameters dscp-value : dscp precedence to be se...

  • Page 1134

    Command manual – qos h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 qos policy configuration commands 2-15 keyword dscp value (binary) dscp value (decimal) cs7 111000 56 ef 101110 46 description use the remark dscp command to configure the action of setting dscp precedence for a traffic behavior. Use...

  • Page 1135

    Command manual – qos h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 qos policy configuration commands 2-16 system-view [sysname] traffic behavior database [sysname-behavior-database] remark ip-precedence 6 2.2.12 remark local-precedence syntax remark local-precedence local-precedence undo remark loca...

  • Page 1136

    Command manual – qos h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 qos policy configuration commands 2-17 parameters vlan-id-value : vlan id to be set for packets, in the range of 1 to 4094. Description use the remark service-vlan-id command to configure the action of setting the service provider ne...

  • Page 1137

    Command manual – qos h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 qos policy configuration commands 2-18 related commands: qos policy , qos apply policy , classifier behavior . Examples # define a traffic behavior named behavior1. System-view [sysname] traffic behavior behavior1 [sysname-behavior-b...

  • Page 1138

    Command manual – qos h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 qos policy configuration commands 2-19 system-view [sysname] qos policy user1 [sysname-qospolicy-user1] classifier database behavior test 2.3.2 display qos policy syntax display qos policy user-defined [ policy-name [ classifier clas...

  • Page 1139

    Command manual – qos h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 qos policy configuration commands 2-20 table 2-5 description on the fields of the display qos policy command field description policy policy name classifier class name and the corresponding configuration information behavior traffic ...

  • Page 1140

    Command manual – qos h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 qos policy configuration commands 2-21 0 (packets) committed access rate: cir 640 (kbps), cbs 4000 (byte), ebs 4000 (byte) green action: pass red action: discard yellow action: pass green : 0(packets) table 2-6 description on the fie...

  • Page 1141

    Command manual – qos h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 qos policy configuration commands 2-22 display qos policy interface ethernet 2/0/1 interface: ethernet2/0/1 direction: inbound policy: test classifier: test operator: and rule(s) : if-match acl 2000 behavior: test marking: remark dot...

  • Page 1142

    Command manual – qos h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 qos policy configuration commands 2-23 parameters name policy-name : specifies to display the information about the vlan policy with the specified name. Vlan vlan-id : specifies to display the information about the vlan policy applie...

  • Page 1143

    Command manual – qos h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 qos policy configuration commands 2-24 accounting enable: 0 (packets) committed access rate: cir 6400 (kbps), cbs 4000 (byte), ebs 4000 (byte) green action: pass red action: discard yellow action: pass green : 0(packets) table 2-9 de...

  • Page 1144

    Command manual – qos h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 qos policy configuration commands 2-25 table 2-10 the support for the inbound direction and the outbound direction sc lpu sa lpu ea lpu lpu type action inboun d outbound inbound outbound inboun d outboun d traffic accounti ng support...

  • Page 1145

    Command manual – qos h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 qos policy configuration commands 2-26 sc lpu sa lpu ea lpu lpu type action inboun d outbound inbound outbound inboun d outboun d remarki ng the ip precede nce for packets support ed supported supporte d not supported support ed not ...

  • Page 1147

    Command manual – qos h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 qos policy configuration commands 2-28 description use the qos policy command to create a policy. This command also leads you to policy view. Use the undo qos policy command to remove a policy. To remove a policy that is currently ap...

  • Page 1148

    Command manual – qos h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 qos policy configuration commands 2-29 note: do not apply policies to a vlan and the ports in the vlan at the same time. Examples # apply the vlan policy named test in the inbound direction of vlan 200, vlan 300, vlan 400, vlan 500, ...

  • Page 1149

    Command manual – qos h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 qos policy configuration commands 2-30 description use the reset qos vlan-policy command to clear the statistics information about vlan policies. Examples # clear the statistics information about the vlan policy applied to vlan 2. Re...

  • Page 1150: Commands

    Command manual – qos h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 congestion management configuration commands 3-1 chapter 3 congestion management configuration commands 3.1 congestion management configuration commands 3.1.1 display qos sp interface syntax display qos sp interface [ interface-type ...

  • Page 1151

    Command manual – qos h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 congestion management configuration commands 3-2 parameters interface-type : port type. Interface-number : port number. Description use the display qos wrr interface command to display the configuration of weighted round robin (wrr) ...

  • Page 1152

    Command manual – qos h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 congestion management configuration commands 3-3 3.1.3 qos sp syntax qos sp undo qos sp view ethernet interface view, port group view parameters none description use the qos sp command to configure sp queuing on the current port. Use...

  • Page 1153

    Command manual – qos h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 congestion management configuration commands 3-4 description use the qos wrr command to configure weighted round robin (wrr) queue scheduling algorithm or the sp + wrr queue scheduling algorithm on a port or port group. Use the undo ...

  • Page 1155

    Command manual – qos h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 priority mapping configuration commands 4-2 4 : 1 5 : 1 6 : 0 7 : 0 table 4-1 description on the fields of the display qos map-table command field description map-table name name of the mapping table type type of the mapping table im...

  • Page 1157

    Command manual – qos h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 priority mapping configuration commands 4-4 parameters priority-value : port priority to be configured. This argument is in the range 0 to 7. Description use the qos priority command to set the port priority for a port. Use the undo ...

  • Page 1158

    Command manual – qos h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 4 priority mapping configuration commands 4-5 display qos trust interface ethernet 2/0/1 interface: ethernet2/0/1 port priority information port priority :0 port priority trust type : dscp table 4-2 description on the fields of the dis...

  • Page 1160: Table of Contents

    Command manual – port mirroring h3c s7500e series ethernet switches table of contents i table of contents chapter 1 port mirroring configuration commands ................................................................. 1-1 1.1 port mirroring configuration commands .....................................

  • Page 1162

    Command manual – port mirroring h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 port mirroring configuration commands 1-2 type: remote-source status: active mirroring port: ethernet2/0/3 both monitor egress port: ethernet2/0/11 remote-probe vlan: 200 table 1-1 description on the fields of the display ...

  • Page 1163

    Command manual – port mirroring h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 port mirroring configuration commands 1-3 you need to specify the type of the port mirroring group to be created when creating it. Z use the keyword local to create a local port mirroring group. Z use the keyword remote-de...

  • Page 1164

    Command manual – port mirroring h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 port mirroring configuration commands 1-4 and & means that you can provide up to eight port indexes/port index lists for this argument. Both : specifies to duplicate both inbound and outbound packets. Inbound : specifies t...

  • Page 1165

    Command manual – port mirroring h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 port mirroring configuration commands 1-5 parameters group-id : port mirroring group number, in the range of 1 to 4. Monitor-egress-port-id : index of the port to be configured as the outbound mirroring port. You need to p...

  • Page 1166

    Command manual – port mirroring h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 port mirroring configuration commands 1-6 view system view parameters group-id : port mirroring group number, in the range of 1 to 4. Monitor-port-id : port index. You need to provide this argument in the form of interface...

  • Page 1167

    Command manual – port mirroring h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 port mirroring configuration commands 1-7 view system view parameters group-id : port mirroring group number, in the range of 1 to 4. Rprobe-vlan-id : id of the vlan to be configured as the remote mirroring vlan. Note that...

  • Page 1168

    Command manual – port mirroring h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 port mirroring configuration commands 1-8 parameters group-id : port mirroring group number, in the range of 1 to 4. Both : duplicates both inbound and outbound packets. Inbound : duplicates the inbound packets only. Outbo...

  • Page 1169

    Command manual – port mirroring h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 port mirroring configuration commands 1-9 use the undo monitor-port command to remove the destination mirroring port from a port mirroring group. If you do not specify the mirroring - group group-id keyword-argument combin...

  • Page 1170: Table of Contents

    Command manual – snmp-rmon h3c s7500e series ethernet switches table of contents i table of contents chapter 1 snmp configuration commands ............................................................................... 1-1 1.1 snmp configuration commands.................................................

  • Page 1171

    Command manual – snmp-rmon h3c s7500e series ethernet switches table of contents ii 2.1.8 rmon event ............................................................................................................ 2-11 2.1.9 rmon history......................................................................

  • Page 1172

    Command manual – snmp-rmon h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 snmp configuration commands 1-1 chapter 1 snmp configuration commands 1.1 snmp configuration commands 1.1.1 display snmp-agent local-engineid syntax display snmp-agent local-engineid view any view parameters none description us...

  • Page 1173

    Command manual – snmp-rmon h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 snmp configuration commands 1-2 description use the display snmp-agent community command to display community information for snmpv1 or snmpv2c. Examples # display the information for all the current communities. Display snmp-a...

  • Page 1174

    Command manual – snmp-rmon h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 snmp configuration commands 1-3 description use the display snmp-agent group command to display information for the snmp agent group, including group name, security model, mib view, storage type, and so on. Absence of the group...

  • Page 1175

    Command manual – snmp-rmon h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 snmp configuration commands 1-4 include : specifies to display snmp mib views of the included type. Viewname view-name : displays view with a specified name, where view-name is the name of the specified mib view. Description us...

  • Page 1176

    Command manual – snmp-rmon h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 snmp configuration commands 1-5 table 1-3 descriptions on the fields of the display snmp-agent mib-view command field description view name mib view name mib subtree mib subtree corresponding to the mib view subtree mask mib su...

  • Page 1177

    Command manual – snmp-rmon h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 snmp configuration commands 1-6 0 snmp pdus which had toobig error-status (maximum packet size 1500) 0 mib objects retrieved successfully 0 mib objects altered successfully 0 getrequest-pdu accepted and processed 0 getnextreque...

  • Page 1178

    Command manual – snmp-rmon h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 snmp configuration commands 1-7 field description getnextrequest-pdu accepted and processed number of getnext requests that have been received and processed getbulkrequest-pdu accepted and processed number of getbulk requests t...

  • Page 1179

    Command manual – snmp-rmon h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 snmp configuration commands 1-8 hangzhou, china snmp version running in the system: snmpv3 1.1.7 display snmp-agent trap-list syntax display snmp-agent trap-list view any view parameters none description use the display snmp-ag...

  • Page 1181

    Command manual – snmp-rmon h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 snmp configuration commands 1-10 1.1.9 enable snmp trap updown syntax enable snmp trap updown undo enable snmp trap updown view interface view parameters none description use the enable snmp trap updown command to enable the se...

  • Page 1183

    Command manual – snmp-rmon h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 snmp configuration commands 1-12 1.1.11 snmp-agent syntax snmp-agent undo snmp-agent view system view parameters none description use the snmp-agent command to enable snmp agent. Use the undo snmp-agent command to disable snmp ...

  • Page 1184

    Command manual – snmp-rmon h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 snmp configuration commands 1-13 mib-view view-name: specifies the mib view name associated with community-name, where view-name represents the mib view name, a string of 1 to 32 characters. If no keyword is specified, the defa...

  • Page 1185

    Command manual – snmp-rmon h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 snmp configuration commands 1-14 v3 : snmpv3. Group-name : group name, a string of 1 to 32 characters. Authentication : specifies the security model of the snmp group to be authentication only (without privacy). Privacy : speci...

  • Page 1186

    Command manual – snmp-rmon h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 snmp configuration commands 1-15 description use the snmp-agent local-engineid command to configure a local engine id for an snmp entity. Use the undo snmp-agent local-engineid command to restore the default. By default, the en...

  • Page 1187

    Command manual – snmp-rmon h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 snmp configuration commands 1-16 examples # enable logging of snmp get operation. System-view [sysname] snmp-agent log get-operation # enable logging of snmp set operation. System-view [sysname] snmp-agent log set-operation 1.1...

  • Page 1188

    Command manual – snmp-rmon h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 snmp configuration commands 1-17 examples # create a mib view mibtest , which includes all objects of the subtree mib-2 . System-view [sysname] snmp-agent mib-view included mibtest 1.3.6.1 1.1.17 snmp-agent packet max-size synt...

  • Page 1189

    Command manual – snmp-rmon h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 snmp configuration commands 1-18 parameters contact sys-contact : a string of 1 to 200 characters that describes the contact information for system maintenance. Location sys-location : a string of 1 to 200 characters that descr...

  • Page 1191

    Command manual – snmp-rmon h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 snmp configuration commands 1-20 system-view [sysname] snmp-agent trap enable standard [sysname] snmp-agent target-host trap address udp-domain 10.1.1.1 params securityname public # enable the device to send snmp traps to the d...

  • Page 1193

    Command manual – snmp-rmon h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 snmp configuration commands 1-22 description use the snmp-agent trap if-mib link extended command to extend the standard linkup/linkdown trap messages defined in rfc. The extended linkup/linkdown trap messages comprise the stan...

  • Page 1194

    Command manual – snmp-rmon h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 snmp configuration commands 1-23 1.1.23 snmp-agent trap queue-size syntax snmp-agent trap queue-size size undo snmp-agent trap queue-size view system view parameters size : the queue size for the trap messages, in the range 1 t...

  • Page 1195

    Command manual – snmp-rmon h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 snmp configuration commands 1-24 description use the snmp-agent trap source command to specify the source ip address contained in the trap message. Use the undo snmp-agent trap source command to restore the default. By default,...

  • Page 1196

    Command manual – snmp-rmon h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 snmp configuration commands 1-25 execution of this command means adding of a new snmp group. Related commands: snmp-agent group , snmp-agent community , snmp-agent usm-user v3 . Examples # create a read community readcom . Syst...

  • Page 1197

    Command manual – snmp-rmon h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 snmp configuration commands 1-26 priv-password : the privacy password. If the cipher keyword is not specified, priv-password indicates a plain text password, which is a string of 1 to 64 characters. If the cipher keyword is spe...

  • Page 1199

    Command manual – snmp-rmon h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 rmon configuration commands 2-1 chapter 2 rmon configuration commands 2.1 rmon configuration commands 2.1.1 display rmon alarm syntax display rmon alarm [ entry - number ] view any view parameters entry - number : index of an r...

  • Page 1200

    Command manual – snmp-rmon h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 rmon configuration commands 2-2 field description valid status of the entry identified by the index (valid means the entry is valid, and undercreation means invalid. You can use the display rmon command to view the invalid entr...

  • Page 1201

    Command manual – snmp-rmon h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 rmon configuration commands 2-3 examples # display the configuration of rmon event table. Display rmon event event table 1 owned by user1 is valid. Description: null. Will cause log-trap when triggered, last triggered at 0days ...

  • Page 1202

    Command manual – snmp-rmon h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 rmon configuration commands 2-4 including event index, current event state, time the event was logged (the elapsed time in seconds since system initialization/startup), and event description. Examples # display the rmon log inf...

  • Page 1203

    Command manual – snmp-rmon h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 rmon configuration commands 2-5 description use the display rmon history command to display rmon history control entry and last history sampling information, including bandwidth utilization, number of bad packets, and total pac...

  • Page 1204

    Command manual – snmp-rmon h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 rmon configuration commands 2-6 field description broadcastpackets number of broadcasts received during the sampling period multicastpackets number of multicasts received during the sampling period crc alignment errors number o...

  • Page 1205

    Command manual – snmp-rmon h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 rmon configuration commands 2-7 variable formula : ((.1.3.6.1.2.1.16.1.1.1.5.1-.1.3.6.1.2.1.16.1.1.1.6.1)*100/.1.3.6.1.2.1.16 .1.1.1.5.1) description : ifutilization. Ethernet 2/0/1 sampling interval : 10(sec) rising threshold ...

  • Page 1206

    Command manual – snmp-rmon h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 rmon configuration commands 2-8 view any view parameters interface-type interface-number : specifies a port by its type and number. Description use the display rmon statistics command to display rmon statistics. Related command...

  • Page 1207

    Command manual – snmp-rmon h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 rmon configuration commands 2-9 field description etherstatsmulticastpkts number of multicast packets received by the interface during the statistical period etherstatsundersizepkts number of undersize packets received by the i...

  • Page 1208

    Command manual – snmp-rmon h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 rmon configuration commands 2-10 delta : sets the sampling type to delta . Rising-threshold threshold - value1 event - entry1 : sets the rising threshold, where threshold-value1 represents the rising threshold, in the range –2,...

  • Page 1209

    Command manual – snmp-rmon h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 rmon configuration commands 2-11 note: z before creating an alarm entry, define the events to be referenced in the event table with the rmon event command. Z when you create an entry, if the values of the specified alarm variab...

  • Page 1210

    Command manual – snmp-rmon h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 rmon configuration commands 2-12 parameters entry-number : event entry index, in the range 1 to 65,535. Description string : event description, a string of 1 to 127 characters. Log : logs the event when it occurs. Log-trap log ...

  • Page 1211

    Command manual – snmp-rmon h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 rmon configuration commands 2-13 2.1.9 rmon history syntax rmon history entry - number buckets number interval sampling - interval [ owner text ] undo rmon history entry - number view ethernet port view parameters entry - numbe...

  • Page 1212

    Command manual – snmp-rmon h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 rmon configuration commands 2-14 [sysname] interface ethernet 2/0/1 [sysname-ethernet 2/0/1] rmon history 1 buckets 10 interval 5 owner user1 # remove history control entry 15. System-view [sysname] interface ethernet 2/0/1 [sy...

  • Page 1213

    Command manual – snmp-rmon h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 rmon configuration commands 2-15 +2,147,483,647 and event - entry2 represents the index of the event triggered when the falling threshold is reached. It ranges from 1 to 65,535. Forever : indicates that the lifetime of the priv...

  • Page 1214

    Command manual – snmp-rmon h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 rmon configuration commands 2-16 intervals of 10 seconds to get the percentage of broadcasts received on ethernet 2/0/1 in the total packets. When this ratio reaches or is bigger than the rising threshold of 50, trigger event 1...

  • Page 1215

    Command manual – snmp-rmon h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 rmon configuration commands 2-17 to display information for the rmon statistics table, use the display rmon statistics command. Note: z only one statistics entry can be created on one interface. Z you can create up to 100 stati...

  • Page 1216: Table of Contents

    Command manual – ntp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches table of contents i table of contents chapter 1 ntp configuration commands .................................................................................. 1-1 1.1 ntp configuration commands......................................................

  • Page 1217

    Command manual – ntp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ntp configuration commands 1-1 chapter 1 ntp configuration commands 1.1 ntp configuration commands 1.1.1 display ntp-service sessions syntax display ntp-service sessions [ verbose ] view any view parameters verbose : displays the det...

  • Page 1218

    Command manual – ntp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ntp configuration commands 1-2 table 1-1 description on the fields of the display ntp-service sessions command field description source ip address of the clock source reference reference clock id of the clock source 1) if the referen...

  • Page 1219

    Command manual – ntp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ntp configuration commands 1-3 note: when a device is working in the ntp broadcast/multicast server mode, the display ntp-service sessions command executed on the device will not display the ntp session information corresponding to t...

  • Page 1220

    Command manual – ntp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ntp configuration commands 1-4 table 1-2 description on the fields of the display ntp-service status command field description clock status status of the system clock clock stratum stratum level of the local clock reference clock id ...

  • Page 1221

    Command manual – ntp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ntp configuration commands 1-5 description use the display ntp-service trace command view the brief information of each ntp server along the ntp server chain from the local device back to the primary reference source. The display ntp...

  • Page 1222

    Command manual – ntp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ntp configuration commands 1-6 parameters peer : specifies to permit full access. Query : specifies to permit control query. Server : specifies to permit server access and query. Synchronization : specifies to permit server access on...

  • Page 1223

    Command manual – ntp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ntp configuration commands 1-7 undo ntp-service authentication enable view system view parameters none description use the ntp-service authentication enable command to enable ntp authentication. Use the undo ntp-service authenticatio...

  • Page 1224

    Command manual – ntp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ntp configuration commands 1-8 by default, no ntp authentication key is set. Caution: z presently the system supports only the md5 algorithm for key authentication. Z you can set a maximum of 1,024 keys for each device. Z if an ntp a...

  • Page 1226

    Command manual – ntp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ntp configuration commands 1-10 view vlan interface view parameters none description use the ntp-service in-interface disable command to disable an interface from receiving ntp messages. Use the undo ntp-service in-interface disable ...

  • Page 1227

    Command manual – ntp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ntp configuration commands 1-11 use the undo ntp-service max-dynamic-sessions command to restore the maximum number of dynamic ntp sessions to the system default. By default, the number is 100. Examples # set the maximum number of dy...

  • Page 1228

    Command manual – ntp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ntp configuration commands 1-12 view vlan interface view parameters ip-address : multicast ip address, defaulting to 224.0.1.1. It is in the range 224.0.1.0 to 224.0.1.255. Authentication-keyid keyid : specifies the key id to be used...

  • Page 1229

    Command manual – ntp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ntp configuration commands 1-13 parameters ip-address : ip address of the local clock, which is 127.127.1.U, where u is the ntp process id, in the range of 0 to 3. If you do not specify ip-address , it defaults to 127.127.1.0. Stratu...

  • Page 1230

    Command manual – ntp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ntp configuration commands 1-14 description use the ntp-service reliable authentication-keyid command to specify that the created authentication key is a trusted key. When ntp authentication enabled, a client can be synchronized only...

  • Page 1231

    Command manual – ntp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ntp configuration commands 1-15 examples # specify that all ntp messages are to be sent out from vlan-interface 1. System-view [sysname] ntp-service source-interface vlan-interface 1 1.1.16 ntp-service unicast-peer syntax ntp-service...

  • Page 1232

    Command manual – ntp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ntp configuration commands 1-16 examples # designate the device with the ip address of 10.1.1.1 as the symmetric-passive peer of the device, and configure the device to run ntp version 3, and send ntp messages through vlan-interface ...

  • Page 1233

    Command manual – ntp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ntp configuration commands 1-17 examples # designate the device with the ip address of as 10.1.1.1 an ntp server for the device. System-view [sysname] ntp-service unicast-server 10.1.1.1 version 3.

  • Page 1234: Table of Contents

    Command manual – dns h3c s7500e series ethernet switches table of contents i table of contents chapter 1 dns configuration commands .................................................................................. 1-1 1.1 dns configuration commands .....................................................

  • Page 1235

    Command manual – dns h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 dns configuration commands 1-1 chapter 1 dns configuration commands note: this document only covers ipv4 dns configuration commands. For introduction to ipv6 dns configuration commands, refer to ipv6 commands . 1.1 dns configuration ...

  • Page 1236

    Command manual – dns h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 dns configuration commands 1-2 table 1-1 description on fields of the display dns domain command field description no sequence number type type of domain name suffix: s represents a statically configured domain name suffix, and d rep...

  • Page 1237

    Command manual – dns h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 dns configuration commands 1-3 field description ip address ip address for the corresponding domain name ttl time that a mapping can be stored in the cache (in seconds). Note: a domain name in the display dns dynamic-host command con...

  • Page 1238

    Command manual – dns h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 dns configuration commands 1-4 field description server ip ip address of the dns server aging aging time of the dns proxy table entry in seconds 1.1.4 display dns server syntax display dns server [ dynamic ] view any view parameters ...

  • Page 1239

    Command manual – dns h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 dns configuration commands 1-5 1.1.5 display ip host syntax display ip host view any view parameters none description use the display ip host command to display the host names and corresponding ip addresses in the static domain name ...

  • Page 1240

    Command manual – dns h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 dns configuration commands 1-6 view system view parameters domain-name : domain name suffix, consisting of character strings separated by a dot (for example, aabbcc.Com). Each separated string contains no more than 63 characters. A d...

  • Page 1241

    Command manual – dns h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 dns configuration commands 1-7 examples # enable dns proxy. System-view [sysname] dns proxy enable 1.1.8 dns resolve syntax dns resolve undo dns resolve view system view parameters none description use the dns resolve command to enab...

  • Page 1242

    Command manual – dns h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 dns configuration commands 1-8 use the undo dns server to remove dns server(s). No dns server is specified by default. You can configure a maximum of six dns servers. Related commands: display dns server . Examples # specify the dns ...

  • Page 1243

    Command manual – dns h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 dns configuration commands 1-9 1.1.11 reset dns dynamic-host syntax reset dns dynamic-host view user view parameters none description use the reset dns dynamic-host command to clear the dynamic domain name resolution information. Rel...

  • Page 1244: Table of Contents

    Command manual – file system management h3c s7500e series ethernet switches table of contents i table of contents chapter 1 file system management commands ....................................................................... 1-1 1.1 file system configuration commands ................................

  • Page 1245

    Command manual – file system management h3c s7500e series ethernet switches table of contents ii 2.2 ftp client configuration commands ................................................................................ 2-5 2.2.1 ascii .......................................................................

  • Page 1246

    Command manual – file system management h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 file system management commands 1-1 chapter 1 file system management commands note: throughout this document, a filename can be entered as either of the following: z a fully qualified filename with the path include...

  • Page 1247

    Command manual – file system management h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 file system management commands 1-2 1.1.2 copy syntax copy fileurl - source fileurl - dest view user view parameters fileurl - source : name of the source file. Fileurl - dest : name of the target file. Description...

  • Page 1248

    Command manual – file system management h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 file system management commands 1-3 the dir /all command displays the files removed to the recycle bin. These files are enclosed in pairs of brackets. This command supports the wildcard *. Caution: if you delete tw...

  • Page 1249

    Command manual – file system management h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 file system management commands 1-4 this command supports the wildcard *. Examples # display information about all files and folders. Dir /all directory of flash:/ 0 -rw- 6985954 apr 26 2005 21:06:29 mainup.Bin 1 -...

  • Page 1250

    Command manual – file system management h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 file system management commands 1-5 current-configuration command after this command is configured successfully; otherwise, this command may not be executed correctly. Examples # execute the batch file test.Bat in ...

  • Page 1251

    Command manual – file system management h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 file system management commands 1-6 parameters device : storage device name. Description use the fixdisk command to restore the space of a storage device when it becomes unavailable because of some abnormal operati...

  • Page 1252

    Command manual – file system management h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 file system management commands 1-7 %format flash: completed. 1.1.9 mkdir syntax mkdir directory view user view parameters directory : name of a subdirectory. Description use the mkdir command to create a subdirect...

  • Page 1253

    Command manual – file system management h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 file system management commands 1-8 parameters file - url : file name. Description use the more command to display the contents of the specified file. So far, this command is valid only for .Txt files. Examples # d...

  • Page 1254

    Command manual – file system management h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 file system management commands 1-9 z when a storage device is connected to a low version system, the system may not be able to recognize the device automatically, you need to use the mount command for the storage ...

  • Page 1255

    Command manual – file system management h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 file system management commands 1-10 %moved file flash:/test/sample.Txt to flash:/sample.Txt 1.1.13 pwd syntax pwd view user view parameters none description use the pwd command to display the current path. If the ...

  • Page 1256

    Command manual – file system management h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 file system management commands 1-11 rename flash:/sample.Txt to flash:/sample.Bak?[y/n]:y ... % renamed file flash:/sample.Txt to flash:/sample.Bak 1.1.15 reset recycle-bin syntax reset recycle-bin [ /force ] view...

  • Page 1257

    Command manual – file system management h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 file system management commands 1-12 the directory must be an empty one. If it is not, first delete all files and subdirectory under it with the delete command. Examples # remove directory mydir. Rmdir mydir rmdir ...

  • Page 1258

    Command manual – file system management h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 file system management commands 1-13 umount cf: % umount cf: successfully. %apr 23 01:49:20:929 2003 system vfs/5/log: cf: umounted from slot 4. # unmount a cf card of the backup board (assume the backup board is i...

  • Page 1259

    Command manual – file system management h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 file system management commands 1-14 view user view parameters dest-addr : ip address or name of a tftp server. The address cannot be an ipv6 address. Dest-filename : target filename used to save the next startup c...

  • Page 1260

    Command manual – file system management h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 file system management commands 1-15 in case the device malfunctions after being powered on, if you find some configurations are not validated or incorrect, you may use this command to identify the problem. If you ...

  • Page 1261

    Command manual – file system management h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 file system management commands 1-16 # return the configurations are displayed in the order of global, port, and user interface. 1.2.3 display startup syntax display startup view any view parameters none descriptio...

  • Page 1262

    Command manual – file system management h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 file system management commands 1-17 view user view parameters .None description use the reset saved-configuration command to erase the configuration file saved in the storage device. Note that: z the reset saved-c...

  • Page 1263

    Command manual – file system management h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 file system management commands 1-18 view user view parameters src-addr : ip address or name of a tftp server. The address cannot be an ipv6 address. Src-filename : filename of the configuration file to be download...

  • Page 1264

    Command manual – file system management h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 file system management commands 1-19 safely : sets the configuration saving mode to safe. If this argument is not specified, the configuration file is saved in fast mode. Description use the save command to save th...

  • Page 1265

    Command manual – file system management h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 file system management commands 1-20 undo slave auto-update config view system view parameters none description use the slave auto-update config command to enable auto-update between the amb and smb (standby main b...

  • Page 1266

    Command manual – file system management h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 file system management commands 1-21 examples # specify a configuration file for next startup. Startup saved-configuration testcfg.Cfg please wait ....... Done!.

  • Page 1267

    Command manual – file system management h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 ftp configuration commands 2-1 chapter 2 ftp configuration commands 2.1 ftp server configuration commands 2.1.1 display ftp-server syntax display ftp-server view any view parameters none description use the display...

  • Page 1268

    Command manual – file system management h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 ftp configuration commands 2-2 view any view parameters none description use the display ftp-user command to display the detailed information of current ftp users. Examples # display the detailed information of ftp...

  • Page 1269

    Command manual – file system management h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 ftp configuration commands 2-3 note that if the user to be released is transmitting a file, the connection between the user and the ftp server is terminated after the file transmission. Examples # manually release ...

  • Page 1270

    Command manual – file system management h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 ftp configuration commands 2-4 parameters minute : idle-timeout timer in minutes, in the range 1 to 35791. The default is 30 minutes. Description use the ftp timeout command to set the idle-timeout timer. Use the u...

  • Page 1271

    Command manual – file system management h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 ftp configuration commands 2-5 2.2 ftp client configuration commands note: z the prompt information in this section is that in the network where the h3c s7500e series ethernet switches act as the ftp server. If you...

  • Page 1272

    Command manual – file system management h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 ftp configuration commands 2-6 parameters none description use the binary command to set the file transfer mode to binary (also called flow mode). Ftp provides two file transfer modes: ascii and binary. To transfer...

  • Page 1273

    Command manual – file system management h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 ftp configuration commands 2-7 parameters pathname : path name. Description use the cd command to change the current working directory on the remote ftp server. You can use this command to access another authorized...

  • Page 1274

    Command manual – file system management h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 ftp configuration commands 2-8 parameters none description use the close command to terminate the connection to the ftp server, but remain in ftp client view. This command is equal to the disconnect command. Exampl...

  • Page 1275

    Command manual – file system management h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 ftp configuration commands 2-9 trying 192.168.1.46 ... Press ctrl+k to abort connected to 192.168.1.46. 220 ftp service ready. User(192.168.1.46:(none)):ftp 331 password required for ftp. Password: 230 user logged ...

  • Page 1276

    Command manual – file system management h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 ftp configuration commands 2-10 view ftp client view parameters remotefile : file name. Description use the delete command to delete a specified file on the remote ftp server. To do this, you must be a user with th...

  • Page 1277

    Command manual – file system management h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 ftp configuration commands 2-11 note: the is command can only display the names of files and directories, whereas the dir command can display other related information of the files and directories, such as the size...

  • Page 1278

    Command manual – file system management h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 ftp configuration commands 2-12 view any view parameters none description use the display ftp client configuration command to display the configuration information of the ftp client. Note: currently this command di...

  • Page 1279

    Command manual – file system management h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 ftp configuration commands 2-13 of the transmitted packets. If no primary ip address is configured on the source interface, the connection fails. Ip source-ip-address: the source ip address of the current ftp clien...

  • Page 1280

    Command manual – file system management h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 ftp configuration commands 2-14 parameters interface interface-type interface-number : source interface for the ftp connection, including interface type and interface number. The primary ip address configured on th...

  • Page 1281

    Command manual – file system management h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 ftp configuration commands 2-15 view user view parameters server-address : ip address or host name of the remote ftp server. Service-port : port number of the ftp server, in the range 0 to 65535. The default value ...

  • Page 1282

    Command manual – file system management h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 ftp configuration commands 2-16 2.2.15 get syntax get remotefile [ localfile ] view ftp client view parameters remotefile : file name on the remote ftp server. Localfile : local file name. Description use the get c...

  • Page 1283

    Command manual – file system management h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 ftp configuration commands 2-17 examples # display the local directory. [ftp] lcd ftp: local directory now flash:/temp 2.2.17 ls syntax ls [ remotefile ] [ localfile ] ] view ftp client view parameters remotefile :...

  • Page 1284

    Command manual – file system management h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 ftp configuration commands 2-18 ar-router.Cfg logfile mainar.Bin arbasicbtm.Bin ftp test bb.Cfg testcfg.Cfg 226 transfer complete. Ftp: 87 byte(s) received in 0.132 second(s) 659.00 byte(s)/sec. # view the informat...

  • Page 1285

    Command manual – file system management h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 ftp configuration commands 2-19 2.2.19 open syntax open server-address [ service-port ] view ftp client view parameters server-address : ip address or host name of a remote ftp server. Service-port : port number of...

  • Page 1286

    Command manual – file system management h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 ftp configuration commands 2-20 parameters server-address : ip address or host name of the remote ftp server. Service-port: port number of the remote ftp server, in the range 0 to 65535. The default value is 21. -i...

  • Page 1287

    Command manual – file system management h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 ftp configuration commands 2-21 description use the passive command to set the data transmission mode to passive . Use the undo passive command to set the data transmission mode to active . The default transmission...

  • Page 1288

    Command manual – file system management h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 ftp configuration commands 2-22 view ftp client view parameters none description use the pwd command to display the working directory on the remote ftp server. Examples # display the working directory on the remote...

  • Page 1289

    Command manual – file system management h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 ftp configuration commands 2-23 view ftp client view parameters protocol-command : ftp command. Description use the remotehelp command to display the help information of ftp-related commands supported by the remote...

  • Page 1290

    Command manual – file system management h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 ftp configuration commands 2-24 field description smnt* file structure setting quit quit rein* re-initialization port port number pasv passive mode type request type stru* file structure mode* transmission mode ret...

  • Page 1291

    Command manual – file system management h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 ftp configuration commands 2-25 field description xrmd extension command, the same meaning as rmd syntax: user . Syntax of the user command: user (keyword) + space + username 2.2.26 rmdir syntax rmdir directory vie...

  • Page 1292

    Command manual – file system management h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 ftp configuration commands 2-26 parameters username : other login username. Password : login password. Description use the user command to relog onto the currently accessing ftp server with other username after you...

  • Page 1293

    Command manual – file system management h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 ftp configuration commands 2-27 examples # enable the verbose function. [ftp] verbose ftp: verbose is on.

  • Page 1294

    Command manual – file system management h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 tftp configuration commands 3-1 chapter 3 tftp configuration commands 3.1 tftp client configuration commands 3.1.1 display tftp client configuration syntax display tftp client configuration view any view parameters...

  • Page 1295

    Command manual – file system management h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 tftp configuration commands 3-2 view system view parameters ipv6 : references an ipv6 acl. If it is not specified, an ipv4 acl is referenced. Acl-number : number of basic acl, in the range 2000 to 2999. Description...

  • Page 1296

    Command manual – file system management h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 tftp configuration commands 3-3 destination-filename : destination file name. Get : downloads a file in normal mode. Put : uploads a file. Sget : downloads a file in secure mode. Source : configures parameters for ...

  • Page 1297

    Command manual – file system management h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 tftp configuration commands 3-4 file will be transferred in binary mode sending file to remote tftp server. Please wait... \ tftp: 2143 bytes sent in 0 second(s). File uploaded successfully. 3.1.4 tftp client sourc...

  • Page 1298

    Command manual – file system management h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 tftp configuration commands 3-5 system-view [sysname] tftp client source ip 2.2.2.2 # specify the source interface of the tftp client to be ethernet 1/0. System-view [sysname] ftp client source interface ethernet 1...

  • Page 1299

    Command manual – file system management h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 tftp configuration commands 3-6 tftp: 32 bytes received in 5 second(s). File downloaded successfully.

  • Page 1300: Table of Contents

    Command manual – information center h3c s7500e series ethernet switches table of contents i table of contents chapter 1 information center configuration commands ......................................................... 1-1 1.1 information center configuration commands .................................

  • Page 1302

    Command manual – information center h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 information center configuration commands 1-2 if no channel is specified, information for all channels is displayed. Examples # display information for channel 0. Display channel 0 channel number:0, channel name:consol...

  • Page 1303

    Command manual – information center h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 information center configuration commands 1-3 view any view parameters none description use the display info-center command to display configurations on each output destination. Examples # display configurations on eac...

  • Page 1304

    Command manual – information center h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 information center configuration commands 1-4 table 1-3 description on the fields of the display info-center command field description information center the current state of the information center, which could be enab...

  • Page 1305

    Command manual – information center h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 information center configuration commands 1-5 note: only devices that support the logfile feature display the related logfile information after the execution of the display info-center command. 1.1.3 display logbuffer ...

  • Page 1306

    Command manual – information center h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 information center configuration commands 1-6 z begin : displays the line that matches the regular expression and all the subsequent lines. Z exclude : displays the lines that do not match the regular expression. Z inc...

  • Page 1307

    Command manual – information center h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 information center configuration commands 1-7 examples # display the state of the log buffer and the log information recorded on the device. Display logbuffer logging buffer configuration and contents:enabled allowed m...

  • Page 1308

    Command manual – information center h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 information center configuration commands 1-8 parameters level severity : displays the summary of the log buffer, where severity represents information level, in the range 0 to 7. Slot slotnum : slot number. Descriptio...

  • Page 1309

    Command manual – information center h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 information center configuration commands 1-9 parameters none description use the display logfile buffer command to display contents of the logfile buffer. Note that all contents in the logfile buffer will be cleared a...

  • Page 1310

    Command manual – information center h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 information center configuration commands 1-10 table 1-8 descriptions on the fields of the display logfile summary command field description log file is the current state of a log file, which could be enabled or disabl...

  • Page 1311

    Command manual – information center h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 information center configuration commands 1-11 table 1-9 descriptions on the fields of the display trapbuffer command field description trapping buffer configuration and contents indicates the current state of the trap...

  • Page 1313

    Command manual – information center h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 information center configuration commands 1-13 view system view parameters none description use the info-center enable command to enable information center. Use the undo info-center enable command to disable the inform...

  • Page 1314

    Command manual – information center h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 information center configuration commands 1-14 description use the info-center logbuffer command to enable information output to a log buffer and set the corresponding parameters. Use the undo info-center logbuffer com...

  • Page 1315

    Command manual – information center h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 information center configuration commands 1-15 1.1.13 info-center logfile frequency syntax info-center logfile frequency freq-sec undo info-center logfile frequency view system view parameters freq-sec : frequency with...

  • Page 1316

    Command manual – information center h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 information center configuration commands 1-16 use the undo info-center logfile size-quota command to restore the default maximum storage space reserved for a log file. Examples # set the maximum storage space reserved...

  • Page 1318

    Command manual – information center h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 information center configuration commands 1-18 examples # set to output log information to a unix station with the ip address being 1.1.1.1/16. System-view [sysname] info-center loghost 1.1.1.1 1.1.17 info-center logho...

  • Page 1319

    Command manual – information center h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 information center configuration commands 1-19 view system view parameters channel - number : specifies a channel number, in the range 0 to 9. Channel - name : specifies a channel name, which could be a default name or...

  • Page 1320

    Command manual – information center h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 information center configuration commands 1-20 description use the info-center snmp channel command to configure the channel to output system information to the snmp nms. Use the undo info-center snmp channel command t...

  • Page 1321

    Command manual – information center h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 information center configuration commands 1-21 channel - number : specifies a channel number, in the range 0 to 9. Channel - name : specifies a channel name, which could be a default name or a self-defined name. The us...

  • Page 1322

    Command manual – information center h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 information center configuration commands 1-22 log trap debug output destinati on module s allowed enable d/disab led severit y enable d/disab led severi ty enable d/disab led severit y monitor terminal default (all mo...

  • Page 1323

    Command manual – information center h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 information center configuration commands 1-23 view system view parameters none description use the info-center synchronous command to enable synchronous information output. Use the undo info-center synchronous command...

  • Page 1325

    Command manual – information center h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 information center configuration commands 1-25 undo info-center timestamp loghost view system view parameters date : indicates the current system date and time, the format of which depends on the log host. No-year-date...

  • Page 1326

    Command manual – information center h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 information center configuration commands 1-26 self-defined channel name. For more information, refer to the info-center channel name command. Description use the info-center trapbuffer command to enable information ou...

  • Page 1327

    Command manual – information center h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 information center configuration commands 1-27 note: by default, the logfile is automatically saved under the logfile directory (cf:/logfile) of the cf card. If there is no cf card on the device, you need to use the in...

  • Page 1328

    Command manual – information center h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 information center configuration commands 1-28 description use the reset trapbuffer command to reset the trap buffer contents. Examples # reset the trap buffer contents. Reset trapbuffer 1.1.28 terminal debugging synta...

  • Page 1329

    Command manual – information center h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 information center configuration commands 1-29 view user view parameters none description use the terminal logging command to enable the display of log information on the current terminal. Use the undo terminal logging...

  • Page 1330

    Command manual – information center h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 information center configuration commands 1-30 z configuration of the undo terminal monitor command automatically disables the monitoring of log, trap, and debugging information. By default, the monitoring of the conso...

  • Page 1331: Table of Contents

    Command manual – system maintaining and debugging h3c s7500e series ethernet switches table of contents i table of contents chapter 1 basic configuration commands ................................................................................ 1-1 1.1 basic configuration commands ......................

  • Page 1332

    Command manual – system maintaining and debugging h3c s7500e series ethernet switches table of contents ii 3.1.4 display boot-loader .................................................................................................. 3-5 3.1.5 display device...............................................

  • Page 1333

    Command manual – system maintaining and debugging h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 basic configuration commands 1-1 chapter 1 basic configuration commands 1.1 basic configuration commands 1.1.1 clock datetime syntax clock datetime time date view user view parameters time : current time ...

  • Page 1334

    Command manual – system maintaining and debugging h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 basic configuration commands 1-2 1.1.2 clock summer-time one-off syntax clock summer-time zone-name one-off start-time start-date end-time end-date add - time undo clock summer-time view user view paramet...

  • Page 1335

    Command manual – system maintaining and debugging h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 basic configuration commands 1-3 related commands: clock datetime , clock summer-time repeating , clock timezone , display clock . Examples # for daylight saving time in abc1 between 06:00:00 on 08/01/200...

  • Page 1336

    Command manual – system maintaining and debugging h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 basic configuration commands 1-4 end date is sunday , monday , tuesday , wednesday , thursday , friday , saturday . Add-time : time added to the current standard time of the device, in the format of hh:mm...

  • Page 1337

    Command manual – system maintaining and debugging h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 basic configuration commands 1-5 view user view parameters zone-name : time zone name, a string of 1 to 32 characters. It is case sensitive. Add : positive offset to universal time coordinated (utc) time....

  • Page 1338

    Command manual – system maintaining and debugging h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 basic configuration commands 1-6 description use the command-privilege command to assign a level for the commands in the specified view. Use the undo command-privilege view command to restore the default....

  • Page 1339

    Command manual – system maintaining and debugging h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 basic configuration commands 1-7 description use the display clipboard command to view the contents of the clipboard. To copy the specified content to the clipboard: move the cursor to the starting positi...

  • Page 1341

    Command manual – system maintaining and debugging h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 basic configuration commands 1-9 character meaning note . Full stop, a wildcard used in place of any character, including blank none * asterisk, used to match a subexpression zero or multiple times before...

  • Page 1342

    Command manual – system maintaining and debugging h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 basic configuration commands 1-10 1.1.9 display diagnostic-information syntax display diagnostic-information view any view parameters none description use the display diagnostic-information command to dis...

  • Page 1343

    Command manual – system maintaining and debugging h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 basic configuration commands 1-11 parameters none description use the display history-command command to display commands saved in the history buffer. The system will save validated history commands perfo...

  • Page 1344

    Command manual – system maintaining and debugging h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 basic configuration commands 1-12 ctrl_g display current-configuration ctrl_l display ip routing-table ctrl_o undo debug all =undefined hotkeys= hotkeys command ctrl_t null ctrl_u null =system hotkeys= ho...

  • Page 1345

    Command manual – system maintaining and debugging h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 basic configuration commands 1-13 view any view parameters by-linenum : specifies to display the number of each line. Description use the display this command to display the validated configuration inform...

  • Page 1346

    Command manual – system maintaining and debugging h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 basic configuration commands 1-14 description use the display version command to view system version information. By viewing system version information, you can learn about the current software version, r...

  • Page 1348

    Command manual – system maintaining and debugging h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 basic configuration commands 1-16 welcome to shell(header shell)% note: z the character % is the starting/ending character of text in this example. Entering % after the displayed text quits the header com...

  • Page 1349

    Command manual – system maintaining and debugging h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 basic configuration commands 1-17 ctrl_u : assigns the hot key to a command. Command : the command line associated with the hot key. Description use the hotkey command to assign a hot key to a command lin...

  • Page 1350

    Command manual – system maintaining and debugging h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 basic configuration commands 1-18 ctrl_k kill outgoing connection. Ctrl_n display the next command from the history buffer. Ctrl_p display the previous command from the history buffer. Ctrl_r redisplay th...

  • Page 1351

    Command manual – system maintaining and debugging h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 basic configuration commands 1-19 1.1.17 return syntax return view any view except user view parameters none description use the return command to return to user view from current view, as you do with the...

  • Page 1352

    Command manual – system maintaining and debugging h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 basic configuration commands 1-20 z system: provides service configuration commands, including routing and commands at each level of the network for providing services. Z manage: influences the basic oper...

  • Page 1353

    Command manual – system maintaining and debugging h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 basic configuration commands 1-21 view system view parameters level level : user level in the range 1 to 3, with the default as 3. Simple : plain text password. Cipher : cipher text password. Password : p...

  • Page 1354

    Command manual – system maintaining and debugging h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 basic configuration commands 1-22 # super password level 3 cipher =`*y=f>*.%-a_sw8\mym2a!! 1.1.20 sysname syntax sysname sys name undo sysname view system view parameters sysname : name of the device, a s...

  • Page 1355

    Command manual – system maintaining and debugging h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 basic configuration commands 1-23 related commands: quit , return . Examples # enter system view from the current user view. System-view system view: return to user view with ctrl+z..

  • Page 1357

    Command manual – system maintaining and debugging h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 system maintaining and debugging commands 2-2 default, the padded bytes start from 0x01 up to 0x09, where another round starts again if necessary. -q : presence of this parameter indicates that only stati...

  • Page 1359

    Command manual – system maintaining and debugging h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 system maintaining and debugging commands 2-4 ping ipv6 2001::1 ping 2001::1 : 56 data bytes, press ctrl_c to break reply from 2001::1 bytes=56 sequence=1 hop limit=64 time = 20 ms reply from 2001::1 byte...

  • Page 1360

    Command manual – system maintaining and debugging h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 system maintaining and debugging commands 2-5 remote-system : ip address or host name (a string of 1 to 20 characters) of the destination device. Description use the tracert command to trace the routers t...

  • Page 1361

    Command manual – system maintaining and debugging h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 system maintaining and debugging commands 2-6 view any view parameters -f first-ttl : specifies the first ttl, that is, the allowed number of hops for the first packet, in the range 1 to 255. It defaults ...

  • Page 1362

    Command manual – system maintaining and debugging h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 system maintaining and debugging commands 2-7 parameters all: all debugging functions. Timeout time : specifies the timeout time for the debugging all command. When all debugging is enabled, the system au...

  • Page 1363

    Command manual – system maintaining and debugging h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 system maintaining and debugging commands 2-8 parameters interface interface-type interface-number : displays the debugging settings of the specified interface, where interface-type interface-number repre...

  • Page 1364

    Command manual – system maintaining and debugging h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 device management commands 3-1 chapter 3 device management commands note: file names in this document comply with the following rules: z path + file name (namely, a full file name): file on a specified pa...

  • Page 1365

    Command manual – system maintaining and debugging h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 device management commands 3-2 the specified file will be used as the main boot file at the next reboot! 3.1.2 bootrom syntax bootrom update file file-url } slot slot-number-list view user view parameters...

  • Page 1366

    Command manual – system maintaining and debugging h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 device management commands 3-3 number : number of cpu usage statistics records to be displayed. Offset: offset between the serial number of the first cpu usage statistics record to be displayed and that o...

  • Page 1367

    Command manual – system maintaining and debugging h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 device management commands 3-4 vidl 97% 0/3bc6e650 tick 0% 0/ 23ec62 stmr 0% 0/ ad24 drtf 0% 0/ 28b6b drtm 0% 0/ 18a28 bcn0 0% 0/ d840e …omitted… # display the last fifth and sixth records of the cpu usag...

  • Page 1368

    Command manual – system maintaining and debugging h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 device management commands 3-5 field description actual stat. Cycle actual cpu usage measurement period in ticks, represented by a 64-bit hexadecimal. Cpu tick high represents the most significant 32 bits...

  • Page 1369

    Command manual – system maintaining and debugging h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 device management commands 3-6 view any view parameters cf-card : displays information of a compact flash (cf). Shelf shelf-number : displays detailed information of the specified shelf or unit. The shelf...

  • Page 1370

    Command manual – system maintaining and debugging h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 device management commands 3-7 cpld ver : 002 slot 2 info: status : normal type : lsq1fv48sa pcb ver : ver.C fpga ver : 001 bootrom ver : 107 cpld ver : 004 chip : 0 learning mode: ivl chip : 1 learning m...

  • Page 1371

    Command manual – system maintaining and debugging h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 device management commands 3-8 description use the display device manuinfo command to display manufacture information about the device. Examples # display manufacturing information of slot 2 on the device...

  • Page 1372

    Command manual – system maintaining and debugging h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 device management commands 3-9 system temperature information (degree centigrade): ---------------------------------------------------- board temperature lower limit upper limit 0 28 0 80 3 35 0 80 table ...

  • Page 1374

    Command manual – system maintaining and debugging h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 device management commands 3-11 parameters power - id : power supply number. Description use the display power to display the status of the power supply of a device. Examples # display the status of the p...

  • Page 1375

    Command manual – system maintaining and debugging h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 device management commands 3-12 3.1.12 display switch-mode status syntax display switch-mode status view any view parameters none description use the display switch-mode status command to view the current...

  • Page 1376

    Command manual – system maintaining and debugging h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 device management commands 3-13 parameters interface-type interface-number: interface type and interface number. Description use the display transceiver alarm interface command to display the current alar...

  • Page 1377

    Command manual – system maintaining and debugging h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 device management commands 3-14 field remarks rx power low rx power is low. Tx not ready tx is not ready. Tx fault tx fault tx cdr loss of lock tx clock cannot be recovered. Tx bias high tx bias current i...

  • Page 1378

    Command manual – system maintaining and debugging h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 device management commands 3-15 field remarks laser bias current fault laser bias current fault laser temperature fault laser temperature fault laser output power fault laser output power fault tx fault t...

  • Page 1379

    Command manual – system maintaining and debugging h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 device management commands 3-16 table 3-8 description on the fields of display transceiver alarm interface field description transceiver current alarm information current alarm information of the transcei...

  • Page 1380

    Command manual – system maintaining and debugging h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 device management commands 3-17 field description voltage(v) digital diagnosis parameter-voltage, in v, with the precision to 0.01 v. Bias(ma) digital diagnosis parameter-bias current, in ma, with the pre...

  • Page 1381

    Command manual – system maintaining and debugging h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 device management commands 3-18 table 3-10 description on the fields of the display transceiver interface command field description transceiver information transceiver information of the interface transce...

  • Page 1382

    Command manual – system maintaining and debugging h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 device management commands 3-19 view any view parameters interface-type interface-number: interface type and interface number. Description use the display transceiver manuinfo interface command to display...

  • Page 1383

    Command manual – system maintaining and debugging h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 device management commands 3-20 description use the reboot command to reboot the device. Caution: z this command reboots the device, thus resulting in service interruption. Please use it with caution. Z i...

  • Page 1384

    Command manual – system maintaining and debugging h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 device management commands 3-21 a confirmation is required when you carry out this command. If you fail to make a confirmation within 30 seconds or enter “n” to cancel the operation, the command will not ...

  • Page 1385

    Command manual – system maintaining and debugging h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 device management commands 3-22 z the precision of the device timer is 1 minute. One minute before the reboot time, the device will prompt “reboot in one minute” and will be rebooted in one minute. Z the ...

  • Page 1386

    Command manual – system maintaining and debugging h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 device management commands 3-23 view user view parameters hh:mm : device reboot wait time, in the format of hh:mm (hours:minutes). The value of the hh argument ranges of is 0 to 720, and the value of the ...

  • Page 1387

    Command manual – system maintaining and debugging h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 device management commands 3-24 schedule reboot delay 88 reboot system at 13:16 2006/06/06(in 1 hour(s) and 28 minute(s)) confirm? [y/n]: # if you have used the terminal logging command to enable the log ...

  • Page 1388

    Command manual – system maintaining and debugging h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 device management commands 3-25 examples # set the detection interval to 100 seconds. System-view [sysname] shutdown-interval 100 3.1.22 switch-mode (for srpu) syntax when the srpu is lsq1srp1cb: switch-m...

  • Page 1389

    Command manual – system maintaining and debugging h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 device management commands 3-26 note: to make the configured forwarding mode take effect, you need to save the configuration and restart the switch. Examples # configure the traffic forwarding mode of the...

  • Page 1390

    Command manual – system maintaining and debugging h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 device management commands 3-27 table 3-12 default working mode of ea lpus srpu model current traffic forwarding mode of the srpu default working mode of ea lpus lsq1srp2xb, lsq1srpb, lsq1mpua l2-enhanced...

  • Page 1391

    Command manual – system maintaining and debugging h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 3 device management commands 3-28 parameters slot-number : slot number. Lower - value : lower temperature limit in celsius degrees, in the range 0°c to 70°c. Upper - value : upper temperature limit in celsi...

  • Page 1392: Table of Contents

    Command manual – ha h3c s7500e series ethernet switches table of contents i table of contents chapter 1 vrrp configuration commands ............................................................................... 1-1 1.1 ipv4-based vrrp configuration commands ............................................

  • Page 1393

    Command manual – ha h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 vrrp configuration commands 1-1 chapter 1 vrrp configuration commands note: at present, the interfaces that vrrp involves can only be vlan interfaces unless otherwise specified. 1.1 ipv4-based vrrp configuration commands 1.1.1 display...

  • Page 1394

    Command manual – ha h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 vrrp configuration commands 1-2 display vrrp ipv4 standby information: run method : virtual-mac virtual ip ping : enable the total number of the virtual routers: 1 interface vrid state run adver. Auth virtual pri time type ip --------...

  • Page 1395

    Command manual – ha h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 vrrp configuration commands 1-3 field description delay time preemption delay, not displayed when the device works in non-preemption mode. Auth type authentication type track if the interface to be tracked. It is displayed only after ...

  • Page 1396

    Command manual – ha h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 vrrp configuration commands 1-4 examples # display the statistics about all standby groups. Display vrrp statistics interface : vlan-interface100 vrid : 1 checksum errors : 16 version errors : 0 invalid type pkts rcvd : 0 advertisemen...

  • Page 1397

    Command manual – ha h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 vrrp configuration commands 1-5 field description auth failures number of packets with authentication failures invalid auth type number of packets with authentication failures due to invalid authentication types auth type mismatch num...

  • Page 1398

    Command manual – ha h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 vrrp configuration commands 1-6 if you specify both the interface and standby group, the statistics about the specified standby group on the specified interface are cleared; if you specify only the interface, the statistics about all ...

  • Page 1399

    Command manual – ha h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 vrrp configuration commands 1-7 z you may configure different authentication types and authentication keys for the standby groups on an interface. However, the members of the same standby group must use the same authentication mode an...

  • Page 1400

    Command manual – ha h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 vrrp configuration commands 1-8 1.1.6 vrrp ping-enable syntax vrrp ping-enable undo vrrp ping-enable view system view parameters none description use the vrrp ping-enable command to enable users to ping the virtual ip addresses of sta...

  • Page 1401

    Command manual – ha h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 vrrp configuration commands 1-9 by default, ttl check on vrrp packets is enabled. Examples # disable ttl check on vrrp packets. System-view [sysname] interface vlan-interface 2 [sysname-vlan-interface2] vrrp un-check ttl 1.1.8 vrrp vr...

  • Page 1402

    Command manual – ha h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 vrrp configuration commands 1-10 examples # enable preemption on the router in vrrp standby group 1, and set the preemption delay to five seconds. System-view [sysname] interface vlan-interface 2 [sysname-vlan-interface2] vrrp vrid 1 ...

  • Page 1403

    Command manual – ha h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 vrrp configuration commands 1-11 1.1.10 vrrp vrid timer advertise syntax vrrp vrid virtual-router-id timer advertise adver-interval undo vrrp vrid virtual-router-id timer advertise view interface view parameters virtual-router-id : vr...

  • Page 1404

    Command manual – ha h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 vrrp configuration commands 1-12 view interface view parameters virtual-router-id : vrrp standby group number, in the range 1 to 255. Interface interface-type interface-number : specifies an interface to be tracked by its type and num...

  • Page 1405

    Command manual – ha h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 vrrp configuration commands 1-13 parameters virtual-router-id : vrrp standby group number, in the range 1 to 255. Virtual-address : virtual ip address. Description use the vrrp vrid virtual-ip command to create a standby group the fir...

  • Page 1406

    Command manual – ha h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 vrrp configuration commands 1-14 view any view parameters verbose: displays detailed state information of vrrp. Interface interface-type interface-number : displays vrrp state information of the specified interface. Interface-type int...

  • Page 1407

    Command manual – ha h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 vrrp configuration commands 1-15 auth type : none track if : vlan-interface200 pri reduced : 10 virtual ip : fe80::1 virtual mac : 0000-5e00-0201 master ip : fe80::20f:e2ff:fe49:8060 table 1-3 description on the fields of the display ...

  • Page 1408

    Command manual – ha h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 vrrp configuration commands 1-16 1.2.2 display vrrp ipv6 statistics syntax display vrrp ipv6statistics [ interfac e interface-type interface-number [ vrid virtual-router-id ] ] view any view parameters interface interface-type interfa...

  • Page 1409

    Command manual – ha h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 vrrp configuration commands 1-17 invalid type pkts rcvd : 0 advertisement interval errors : 0 hop limit errors : 0 auth failures : 0 invalid auth type : 0 auth type mismatch : 0 packet length errors : 0 address list errors : 0 become ...

  • Page 1410

    Command manual – ha h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 vrrp configuration commands 1-18 field description version errors total number of packets with version errors vrid errors total number of packets with vrid errors 1.2.3 reset vrrp ipv6 statistics syntax reset vrrp ipv6 statistics [ in...

  • Page 1411

    Command manual – ha h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 vrrp configuration commands 1-19 parameters virtual-router-id : vrrp standby group number, in the range 1 to 255. Simple : sets the authentication mode to plain text authentication. Key : authentication key of 1 to 8 case-sensitive ch...

  • Page 1412

    Command manual – ha h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 vrrp configuration commands 1-20 virtual-mac : associates the virtual mac address of the router with the virtual ipv6 address of the standby group. Description use the vrrp ipv6 method command to set the mappings between the virtual i...

  • Page 1413

    Command manual – ha h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 vrrp configuration commands 1-21 system-view [sysname] vrrp ipv6 ping-enable 1.2.7 vrrp ipv6 vrid preempt-mode syntax vrrp ipv6 vrid virtual-router-id preempt-mode [ timer delay delay-value ] undo vrrp ipv6 vrid virtual-router-id pree...

  • Page 1414

    Command manual – ha h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 vrrp configuration commands 1-22 system-view [sysname] interface vlan-interface 2 [sysname-vlan-interface2] vrrp ipv6 vrid 80 virtual-ip fe80::2 link-local [sysname-vlan-interface2] vrrp ipv6 vrid 80 preempt-mode timer delay 5 1.2.8 v...

  • Page 1415

    Command manual – ha h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 vrrp configuration commands 1-23 1.2.9 vrrp ipv6 vrid timer advertise syntax vrrp ipv6 vrid virtual-router-id timer advertise adver-interval undo vrrp ipv6 vrid virtual-router-id timer advertise view interface view parameters virtual-...

  • Page 1416

    Command manual – ha h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 vrrp configuration commands 1-24 view interface view parameters virtual-router-id : vrrp standby group number, in the range 1 to 255. Interface interface-type interface-number : specifies an interface by its type and number. Reduced p...

  • Page 1417

    Command manual – ha h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 vrrp configuration commands 1-25 parameters virtual-router-id : vrrp standby group number, in the range 1 to 255. Virtual-address : virtual ipv6 address. Link-local : indicates that the virtual ipv6 address of the standby group is a l...

  • Page 1418

    Command manual – ha h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 ha configuration commands 2-1 chapter 2 ha configuration commands 2.1 ha configuration commands 2.1.1 display switchover state syntax display switchover state [ slot-id ] view any view parameters slot-id : slot id of the active main b...

  • Page 1419

    Command manual – ha h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 ha configuration commands 2-2 2.1.2 ha slave-ignore-version-check syntax ha slave-ignore-version-check undo ha slave-ignore-version-check view system view parameters none description use the ha slave-ignore-version-check command to ig...

  • Page 1420

    Command manual – ha h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 ha configuration commands 2-3 description use the slave auto-update config command to enable automatic synchronization of the configuration file on the amb and smb. Use the undo slave auto-update config command to disable automatic sy...

  • Page 1422

    Command manual – ha h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 2 ha configuration commands 2-5 [sysname] slave switchover enable.

  • Page 1423: Table of Contents

    Command manual – ssh h3c s7500e series ethernet switches table of contents i table of contents chapter 1 ssh configuration commands .................................................................................. 1-1 1.1 ssh configuration commands......................................................

  • Page 1424

    Command manual – ssh h3c s7500e series ethernet switches table of contents ii 1.2.3 cdup....................................................................................................................... 1-30 1.2.4 delete..............................................................................

  • Page 1425

    Command manual – ssh h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ssh configuration commands 1-1 chapter 1 ssh configuration commands 1.1 ssh configuration commands 1.1.1 display public-key local syntax display public-key local rsa public view any view parameters rsa : displays the public key(s) of...

  • Page 1426

    Command manual – ssh h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ssh configuration commands 1-2 key name: server_key key type: rsa encryption key ===================================================== key code: 307c300d06092a864886f70d0101010500036b003068026100c51af7ca926962284a4654b2 aacc7b2ae12b2...

  • Page 1427

    Command manual – ssh h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ssh configuration commands 1-3 ===================================== key name : idrsa key type : rsa key module: 1024 ===================================== key code: 30819d300d06092a864886f70d010101050003818b00308187028181009c46a8710...

  • Page 1428

    Command manual – ssh h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ssh configuration commands 1-4 parameters none description use the display sftp client source command to display the source ip address or source interface currently set for the sftp client. If neither source ip address nor source int...

  • Page 1430

    Command manual – ssh h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ssh configuration commands 1-6 field description ssh authentication retries maximum number of ssh authentication attempts sftp server whether the sftp server function is enabled sftp server idle-timeout sftp connection idle timeout p...

  • Page 1431

    Command manual – ssh h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ssh configuration commands 1-7 examples # display the mappings between host public keys and ssh servers saved on the client. Display ssh server-info server name(ip) server public key name _____________________________________________...

  • Page 1432

    Command manual – ssh h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ssh configuration commands 1-8 table 1-7 description on fields of the display ssh user-information command field description username name of the user authentication-type authentication type user-public-key-name public key of the use...

  • Page 1433

    Command manual – ssh h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ssh configuration commands 1-9 description use the public-key-code begin command to enter rsa key code view. After entering public key code view, you can input the key data. It must be a hexadecimal string that is generated randomly ...

  • Page 1434

    Command manual – ssh h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ssh configuration commands 1-10 examples # exit rsa key code view save the configured public key. System-view [sysname] public-key peer key1 [sysname-pkey-public-key] public-key-code begin [sysname-pkey-key-code]30819f300d06092a86488...

  • Page 1435

    Command manual – ssh h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ssh configuration commands 1-11 system-view [sysname] public-key local create rsa the range of public key size is (512 ~ 2048). Notes: if the key modulus is greater than 512, it may take a few minutes. Press ctrl+c to abort. Input th...

  • Page 1436

    Command manual – ssh h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ssh configuration commands 1-12 parameters openssh : uses the format of openssh. Ssh1 : uses the format of ssh1. Ssh2 : uses the format of ssh2. Filename : name of the file for storing public key. Description use the public-key local...

  • Page 1437

    Command manual – ssh h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ssh configuration commands 1-13 1.1.14 public-key peer syntax public-key peer keyname undo public-key peer keyname view system view parameters keyname : public key name, a string of 1 to 64 characters. Description use the public-key ...

  • Page 1438

    Command manual – ssh h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ssh configuration commands 1-14 description use the public-key peerimport sshkey command to import a peer public key from the public key file. Use the undo public-key peer import sshkey command to remove the setting. After execution ...

  • Page 1439

    Command manual – ssh h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ssh configuration commands 1-15 z dh-group-exchange : key exchange algorithm diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha1. Z dh-group1 : key exchange algorithm diffie-hellman-group1-sha1. Z dh-group14 : key exchange algorithm diffie-hellman-gr...

  • Page 1441

    Command manual – ssh h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ssh configuration commands 1-17 parameters server : ipv6 address or name of the server, a string of 1 to 46 characters. Port - number : port number of the server, in the range 0 to 65535. The default is 22. Prefer-ctos-cipher : prefe...

  • Page 1442

    Command manual – ssh h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ssh configuration commands 1-18 parameters none description use the sftp server enable command to enable sftp server. Use the undo sftp server enable command to disable sftp server. By default, sftp server is disabled. Related comman...

  • Page 1443

    Command manual – ssh h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ssh configuration commands 1-19 1.1.22 ssh client authentication server syntax ssh client authentication server server assign publickey keyname undo ssh client authentication server server assign publickey view system view parameters...

  • Page 1444

    Command manual – ssh h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ssh configuration commands 1-20 description use the ssh client first-time enable command to enable the first authentication function. Use the undo ssh client first-time command to disable the function. By default, the function is ena...

  • Page 1446

    Command manual – ssh h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ssh configuration commands 1-22 parameters times: maximum number of authentication attempts, in the range 1 to 5. Description use the ssh server authentication-retries command to set the maximum number of ssh connection authenticatio...

  • Page 1447

    Command manual – ssh h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ssh configuration commands 1-23 system-view [sysname] ssh server authentication-timeout 10 1.1.28 ssh server compatible-ssh1x enable syntax ssh server compatible-ssh1x enable undo ssh server compatible-ssh1x view system view paramete...

  • Page 1448

    Command manual – ssh h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ssh configuration commands 1-24 description use the ssh server enable command to enable ssh server. Use the undo ssh server enable command to disable ssh server. By default, ssh server is disabled. Examples # enable ssh server. Syste...

  • Page 1450

    Command manual – ssh h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ssh configuration commands 1-26 description use the ssh user command to create an ssh user and specify the service type and authentication method. Use the undo ssh user username command to delete an ssh user. Note that: z for a publi...

  • Page 1451

    Command manual – ssh h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ssh configuration commands 1-27 parameters server : ipv4 address or name of the server, a string of 1 to 20 characters. Port-number : port number of the server, in the range 0 to 65535. The default is 22. Prefer-ctos-cipher : preferr...

  • Page 1453

    Command manual – ssh h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ssh configuration commands 1-29 z preferred key exchange algorithm: dh-group1 z preferred encryption algorithm from server to client: aes128 z preferred hmac algorithm from client to server: md5 z preferred hmac algorithm from server...

  • Page 1454

    Command manual – ssh h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ssh configuration commands 1-30 description use the cd command to change the working path on a remote sftp server. With the argument not specified, the command displays the current working path. Note: z you can use the cd .. Command ...

  • Page 1455

    Command manual – ssh h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ssh configuration commands 1-31 view sftp client view parameters remote-file &: name of a file on the server. & means that you can provide up to 10 filenames, which are separated by space. Description use the delete command to delete...

  • Page 1456

    Command manual – ssh h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ssh configuration commands 1-32 with the remote-path not specified, the command displays the file and folder information of the current working directory. This command functions as the ls command. Examples # display in a list form de...

  • Page 1457

    Command manual – ssh h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ssh configuration commands 1-33 1.2.7 get syntax get remote-file [ local-file ] view sftp client view parameters remote-file : name of a file on the remote sftp server. Local-file : name for the local file. Description use the get co...

  • Page 1459

    Command manual – ssh h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ssh configuration commands 1-35 1.2.10 mkdir syntax mkdir remote-path view sftp client view parameters remote-path : name for the directory on a remote sftp server. Description use the mkdir command to create a directory on a remote ...

  • Page 1460

    Command manual – ssh h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ssh configuration commands 1-36 1.2.12 pwd syntax pwd view sftp client view parameters none description use the pwd command to display the current working directory of a remote sftp server. Examples # display the current working dire...

  • Page 1461

    Command manual – ssh h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ssh configuration commands 1-37 1.2.14 remove syntax remove remote-file & view sftp client view parameters remote-file &: name of a file on an sftp server. & means that you can provide up to 10 filenames, which are separated by space...

  • Page 1462

    Command manual – ssh h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 ssh configuration commands 1-38 examples # change the name of a file on the sftp server from temp1.C to temp2.C. Sftp-client> rename temp1.C temp2.C file successfully renamed 1.2.16 rmdir syntax rmdir remote-path & view sftp client v...

  • Page 1463: Table of Contents

    Command manual – poe h3c s7500e series ethernet switches table of contents i table of contents chapter 1 poe configuration commands .................................................................................. 1-1 1.1 poe configuration commands .....................................................

  • Page 1466

    Command manual – poe h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 poe configuration commands 1-3 view any view parameters none description use the display poe device command to display the mapping between id, module, and slot of all the power sourcing equipments (pses). Examples # display the mappi...

  • Page 1467

    Command manual – poe h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 poe configuration commands 1-4 parameters interface-type interface-number : specifies an interface by its type and number. Description use the display poe interface command to display the power information of the specified interface....

  • Page 1468

    Command manual – poe h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 poe configuration commands 1-5 field description port operating status operating state of a poe interface: z off: poe is disabled. Z on: power is supplied for a poe interface normally. Z power lack: the guaranteed remaining power of ...

  • Page 1469

    Command manual – poe h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 poe configuration commands 1-6 # display the state of all poe interfaces. Display poe interface interface enable priority curpower operating ieee detection (w) status class status eth2/0/1 disable low 0.0 off 0 disabled eth2/0/2 disa...

  • Page 1470

    Command manual – poe h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 poe configuration commands 1-7 eth2/0/39 disable low 0.0 off 0 disabled eth2/0/40 disable low 0.0 off 0 disabled eth2/0/41 disable low 0.0 off 0 disabled eth2/0/42 disable low 0.0 off 0 disabled eth2/0/43 disable low 0.0 off 0 disabl...

  • Page 1471

    Command manual – poe h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 poe configuration commands 1-8 field description detection status power detection state of a poe interface: z disabled: the poe function is disabled. Z searching: the poe interface is searching for the pd. Z delivering-power: the poe...

  • Page 1472

    Command manual – poe h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 poe configuration commands 1-9 eth2/0/1 0.0 0.0 15.4 eth2/0/2 0.0 0.0 15.4 eth2/0/3 0.0 0.0 15.4 eth2/0/4 0.0 0.0 15.4 eth2/0/5 0.0 0.0 15.4 eth2/0/6 0.0 0.0 15.4 eth2/0/7 0.0 0.0 15.4 eth2/0/8 0.0 0.0 15.4 eth2/0/9 0.0 0.0 15.4 eth2...

  • Page 1473

    Command manual – poe h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 poe configuration commands 1-10 eth2/0/44 0.0 0.0 15.4 eth2/0/45 0.0 0.0 15.4 eth2/0/46 0.0 0.0 15.4 eth2/0/47 0.0 0.0 15.4 eth2/0/48 0.0 0.0 15.4 --- 2 port(s) on, 9.1 (w) consumed, 90.9 (w) remaining --- table 1-4 description on th...

  • Page 1474

    Command manual – poe h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 poe configuration commands 1-11 poe max power : - poe max guaranteed power : 2250 w poe remaining allocated power : 2213 w poe remaining guaranteed power : 2250 w poe total powered port number : 1 detailed power usage of pse(s): pse ...

  • Page 1475

    Command manual – poe h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 poe configuration commands 1-12 view any view parameters pse-id : pse id. You can use the display poe device command to view the mapping between pse id and slot. If you enter a pse id, the information of the pse is displayed. Otherwi...

  • Page 1476

    Command manual – poe h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 poe configuration commands 1-13 field description pse power enabled poe is enabled for the pse pse power preempted pse power preempted state z no: the power of the pse is not preempted. Z yes: the power of the pse is preempted so tha...

  • Page 1477

    Command manual – poe h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 poe configuration commands 1-14 description use the display poe-power command to display the information of the poe power. Examples # display information of the poe power. Display poe-power poe current power : 1870 w poe average powe...

  • Page 1478

    Command manual – poe h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 poe configuration commands 1-15 field description poe input-threshold upper ac input over-voltage threshold poe output-threshold lower dc output under-voltage threshold poe output-threshold upper dc output over-voltage threshold poe ...

  • Page 1479

    Command manual – poe h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 poe configuration commands 1-16 output ac current a alarm : normal output ac current b alarm : under limit output ac current c alarm : lack phase module 1: volt phase ab alarm : above limit volt phase bc alarm : fuse broken volt phas...

  • Page 1480

    Command manual – poe h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 poe configuration commands 1-17 examples # display the alarm information of the poe power. Display poe-power alarm psu number : 3 psu 1 state : normal psu 2 state : disconnect psu 3 state : over voltage over temperature table 1-9 des...

  • Page 1481

    Command manual – poe h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 poe configuration commands 1-18 dc output state : normal table 1-10 description on the fields of display poe-power dc-output state field description dc output state dc output state. See table 1-8 . 1.1.12 display poe-power dc-output ...

  • Page 1482

    Command manual – poe h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 poe configuration commands 1-19 view any view parameters none description use the display poe-power status command to display the status information of the poe power. Examples # display the status information of the poe power. Displa...

  • Page 1483

    Command manual – poe h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 poe configuration commands 1-20 field description output ac current a/b/c alarm output three-phase ac current state. See table 1-8 . Volt phrase ab/bc/ca alarm ac voltage input state. See table 1-8 . 1.1.14 display poe-power supervis...

  • Page 1484

    Command manual – poe h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 poe configuration commands 1-21 field description poe power type type of the poe power poe current power current consumption power poe average power average power poe peak power peak power poe nominal power nominal power psu availabl...

  • Page 1485

    Command manual – poe h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 poe configuration commands 1-22 table 1-14 description on the fields of display poe-power switch state field description switch number number of power switches switch x state switch state: z ac switch on: the ac switch is turned on. ...

  • Page 1486

    Command manual – poe h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 poe configuration commands 1-23 poe priority critical poe max-power 15400 --- 3 poe-profile(s) created, 4 port(s) applied --- table 1-15 description on the fields of the display poe-profile command field description poe-profile name ...

  • Page 1487

    Command manual – poe h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 poe configuration commands 1-24 field description configuration configurations of the poe configuration file port(s) applied sum of the number of poe interfaces to which all poe configuration files are respectively applied # display ...

  • Page 1488

    Command manual – poe h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 poe configuration commands 1-25 description use the display poe-profile interface command to display all information of the configurations and applications of the poe configuration file that currently takes effect on the specified po...

  • Page 1489

    Command manual – poe h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 poe configuration commands 1-26 parameters none description use the poe enable command to enable poe on a poe interface. Use the undo poe enable command to disable poe on a poe interface. By default, poe is disabled on a poe interfac...

  • Page 1490

    Command manual – poe h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 poe configuration commands 1-27 view system view parameters pse-id : pse id. Description use the poe enable pse command to enable poe for the pse. Use the undo poe enable pse command to disable poe for the pse. By default, poe is dis...

  • Page 1491

    Command manual – poe h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 poe configuration commands 1-28 1.1.21 poe max-power syntax poe max-power max-power undo poe max-power view poe interface view, poe-profile file view parameters max-power : maximum power in milliwatts allocated to a poe interface, in...

  • Page 1492

    Command manual – poe h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 poe configuration commands 1-29 view system view parameters max-power : maximum power in watts of the pse, in the range 37 to 806. Pse pse-id : specifies a pse id. Description use the poe max-power command to configure the maximum po...

  • Page 1493

    Command manual – poe h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 poe configuration commands 1-30 description use the poe mode command to configure a poe mode. Use the undo poe mode command to restore the default. By default, the poe mode is signal (power over signal cables). The pse supplies power...

  • Page 1494

    Command manual – poe h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 poe configuration commands 1-31 description use the poe pd-description command to configure a description for the pd connected to a poe interface. Use the undo poe pd-description command to restore the default. By default, no descrip...

  • Page 1495

    Command manual – poe h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 poe configuration commands 1-32 1.1.26 poe power max-value syntax poe power max-value max-power undo poe power max-value view system view parameters max-power : maximum poe power, namely, maximum power that the device can provide for...

  • Page 1496

    Command manual – poe h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 poe configuration commands 1-33 description use the poe priority command to configure a power priority level for a poe interface. Use the undo poe priority command to restore the default. By default, the power priority of a poe inter...

  • Page 1497

    Command manual – poe h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 poe configuration commands 1-34 parameters critical : sets the power priority level of the pse to critical . The pse whose power priority level is critical works in guaranteed mode, that is, power is first supplied to the pse. High :...

  • Page 1499

    Command manual – poe h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 poe configuration commands 1-36 parameters utilization-threshold-value : power alarm threshold in percentage, in the range 1 to 99. Pse pse-id : specifies a pse id. Description use the poe utilization-threshold command to configure a...

  • Page 1500

    Command manual – poe h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 poe configuration commands 1-37 examples # set the ac input under-voltage threshold to 181 v. System-view [sysname] poe-power input-threshold lower 181 # set the ac input over-voltage threshold to 264 v. System-view [sysname] poe-pow...

  • Page 1502: Table of Contents

    Command manual – rrpp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches table of contents i table of contents chapter 1 rrpp configuration commands ............................................................................... 1-1 1.1 rrpp configuration commands .....................................................

  • Page 1503

    Command manual – rrpp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 rrpp configuration commands 1-1 chapter 1 rrpp configuration commands 1.1 rrpp configuration commands 1.1.1 control-vlan syntax control-vlan vlan-id view rrpp domain view parameters vlan-id : control vlan id, in the range 2 to 4093....

  • Page 1504

    Command manual – rrpp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 rrpp configuration commands 1-2 1.1.2 display rrpp brief syntax display rrpp brief view any view parameters none description use the display rrpp brief command to display the brief information of rrpp configuration. Examples # displ...

  • Page 1505

    Command manual – rrpp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 rrpp configuration commands 1-3 table 1-1 description on the fields of the display rrpp brief command field description flags for node mode rrpp node mode: m represents master node, t represents transit node, e represents edge node ...

  • Page 1506

    Command manual – rrpp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 rrpp configuration commands 1-4 ring-id : rrpp ring id, in the range 1 to 64. Description use the display rrpp statistics command to display rrpp message statistics. Note that: z if you have specified an rrpp ring id in the command,...

  • Page 1507

    Command manual – rrpp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 rrpp configuration commands 1-5 packet link common complete packet direct health down flush fdb flush fdb total ------------------------------------------------------------------------ send 16924 0 0 1 16925 rcv 0 0 0 0 0 secondary ...

  • Page 1508

    Command manual – rrpp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 rrpp configuration commands 1-6 field description secondary port the secondary port field means the node mode is master node or transit node. “-” appears when the port is not configured on the ring, and in this case, no correspondin...

  • Page 1509

    Command manual – rrpp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 rrpp configuration commands 1-7 if you have specified an rrpp ring id in the command, the detailed information of the specified ring in the specified rrpp domain appears. Otherwise, the detailed information of all the rings in the s...

  • Page 1510

    Command manual – rrpp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 rrpp configuration commands 1-8 table 1-3 description on the fields of the display rrpp verbose command field description domain id rrpp domain id control vlan control vlans of the rrpp domain, including major control vlan and sub c...

  • Page 1511

    Command manual – rrpp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 rrpp configuration commands 1-9 field description port status port status includes down, up and blocked; “-“ appears in one of the following cases: z the ring is inactive z the port is not configured on the ring z the board to which...

  • Page 1512

    Command manual – rrpp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 rrpp configuration commands 1-10 view rrpp domain view parameters ring-id : rrpp ring id, in the range 1 to 64. Master: specifies the device as the master node of the rrpp ring. Transit: specifies the device as the transit node of t...

  • Page 1513

    Command manual – rrpp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 rrpp configuration commands 1-11 z the common port must be on the primary ring in the domain when you configure the edge node and the assistant edge node. Z you must configure the primary ring and then subrings when you configure th...

  • Page 1514

    Command manual – rrpp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 rrpp configuration commands 1-12 system-view [sysname] rrpp domain 1 [sysname-rrpp-domain1] ring 20 node-mode edge common-port gigabitethernet 3/0/1 edge-port gigabitethernet 3/0/2 # specify the device as the assistant edge node of ...

  • Page 1515

    Command manual – rrpp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 rrpp configuration commands 1-13 [sysname-rrpp-domain1] ring 10 enable 1.1.8 rrpp domain syntax rrpp domain domain-id undo rrpp domain domain-id view system view parameters domain-id : rrpp domain id, in the range 1 to 8. Descriptio...

  • Page 1516

    Command manual – rrpp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 rrpp configuration commands 1-14 parameters none description use the rrpp enable command to enable rrpp protocol. Use the undo rrpp enable command to disable rrpp protocol. By default, rrpp protocol is disabled. To activate the rrpp...

  • Page 1517

    Command manual – rrpp h3c s7500e series ethernet switches chapter 1 rrpp configuration commands 1-15 [sysname] rrpp domain 1 [sysname-rrpp-domain1] timer hello-timer 2 fail-timer 7.

  • Page 1518: Appendix A  Command Index

    Command manual – appendix h3c s7500e series ethernet switches appendix a command index a-1 appendix a command index the command index includes all the commands in the h3c s7500e series ethernet switches command manual , which are arranged alphabetically. A b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w...

  • Page 1519

    Command manual – appendix h3c s7500e series ethernet switches appendix a command index a-2 apply extcommunity ipv4 routing commands 6-5 apply ip-address next-hop ipv4 routing commands 6-23 apply ipv6 next-hop ipv6 routing commands 6-1 apply isis ipv4 routing commands 6-6 apply local-preference ipv4 ...

  • Page 1520

    Command manual – appendix h3c s7500e series ethernet switches appendix a command index a-3 auto cost enable ipv4 routing commands 4-2 auto-execute command login commands 1-3 auto-rp enable multicast commands 4-1 b backup startup-configuration file system management commands 1-13 balance ipv4 routing...

  • Page 1521

    Command manual – appendix h3c s7500e series ethernet switches appendix a command index a-4 car qos commands 2-6 c-bsr multicast commands 4-2 c-bsr admin-scope multicast commands 4-3 c-bsr global multicast commands 4-4 c-bsr group multicast commands 4-5 c-bsr hash-length multicast commands 4-6 c-bsr ...

  • Page 1522

    Command manual – appendix h3c s7500e series ethernet switches appendix a command index a-5 control-vlan rrpp commands 1-1 copy file system management commands 1-2 cost-style ipv4 routing commands 4-5 c-rp multicast commands 4-9 c-rp advertisement-interval multicast commands 4-10 c-rp holdtime multic...

  • Page 1523

    Command manual – appendix h3c s7500e series ethernet switches appendix a command index a-6 delete file system management commands 1-2 delete file system management commands 2-9 delete ssh commands 1-30 delete ipv6 static-routes all ipv6 routing commands 1-1 delete static-routes all ipv4 routing comm...

  • Page 1524

    Command manual – appendix h3c s7500e series ethernet switches appendix a command index a-7 dhcp-snooping information format dhcp commands 4-2 dhcp-snooping information strategy dhcp commands 4-3 dhcp-snooping trust dhcp commands 4-4 dir file system management commands 1-3 dir file system management ...

  • Page 1525

    Command manual – appendix h3c s7500e series ethernet switches appendix a command index a-8 display bgp paths ipv4 routing commands 5-16 display bgp peer ipv4 routing commands 5-17 display bgp routing-table ipv4 routing commands 5-19 display bgp routing-table as-path-acl ipv4 routing commands 5-21 di...

  • Page 1526

    Command manual – appendix h3c s7500e series ethernet switches appendix a command index a-9 display dhcp relay security dhcp commands 2-11 display dhcp relay security statistics dhcp commands 2-12 display dhcp relay security tracker dhcp commands 2-13 display dhcp relay server-group dhcp commands 2-1...

  • Page 1527

    Command manual – appendix h3c s7500e series ethernet switches appendix a command index a-10 display ftp-user file system management commands 2-1 display garp statistics vlan commands 4-1 display garp timer vlan commands 4-2 display gvrp local-vlan interface vlan commands 4-5 display gvrp state vlan ...

  • Page 1528

    Command manual – appendix h3c s7500e series ethernet switches appendix a command index a-11 display ip ipv6-prefix ipv6 routing commands 6-2 display ip relay-route ip routing overview commands 1-1 display ip relay-tunnel ip routing overview commands 1-2 display ip routing-table ip routing overview c...

  • Page 1529

    Command manual – appendix h3c s7500e series ethernet switches appendix a command index a-12 display isis brief ipv4 routing commands 4-7 display isis interface ipv4 routing commands 4-8 display isis license ipv4 routing commands 4-10 display isis lsdb ipv4 routing commands 4-12 display isis mesh-gro...

  • Page 1530

    Command manual – appendix h3c s7500e series ethernet switches appendix a command index a-13 display msdp peer-status multicast commands 5-3 display msdp sa-cache multicast commands 5-5 display msdp sa-count multicast commands 5-7 display multicast boundary multicast commands 6-1 display multicast fo...

  • Page 1531

    Command manual – appendix h3c s7500e series ethernet switches appendix a command index a-14 display ospfv3 retrans-list ipv6 routing commands 3-17 display ospfv3 routing ipv6 routing commands 3-19 display ospfv3 statistic ipv6 routing commands 3-21 display ospfv3 topology ipv6 routing commands 3-22 ...

  • Page 1532

    Command manual – appendix h3c s7500e series ethernet switches appendix a command index a-15 display portal server statistics portal commands 1-9 display portal tcp-cheat statistics portal commands 1-11 display portal user portal commands 1-12 display port-group manual port correlation configuration ...

  • Page 1533

    Command manual – appendix h3c s7500e series ethernet switches appendix a command index a-16 display rmon eventlog snmp-rmon commands 2-3 display rmon history snmp-rmon commands 2-4 display rmon prialarm snmp-rmon commands 2-6 display rmon statistics snmp-rmon commands 2-7 display route-policy ipv4 r...

  • Page 1534

    Command manual – appendix h3c s7500e series ethernet switches appendix a command index a-17 display stp tc mstp commands 1-10 display switch-mode status system maintaining and debugging commands 3-12 display switchover state ha commands 2-1 display tcp ipv6 statistics ipv6 configuration commands 1-1...

  • Page 1535

    Command manual – appendix h3c s7500e series ethernet switches appendix a command index a-18 display vrrp ipv6 ha commands 1-13 display vrrp ipv6 statistics ha commands 1-16 display vrrp statistics ha commands 1-3 dns domain dns commands 1-5 dns proxy enable dns commands 1-6 dns resolve dns commands ...

  • Page 1536

    Command manual – appendix h3c s7500e series ethernet switches appendix a command index a-19 enable log ipv4 routing commands 3-31 enable snmp trap updown snmp-rmon commands 1-10 encap-data-enable multicast commands 5-8 escape-key login commands 1-9 execute file system management commands 1-4 exit ss...

  • Page 1537

    Command manual – appendix h3c s7500e series ethernet switches appendix a command index a-20 format file system management commands 1-6 free ftp user file system management commands 2-2 free user-interface login commands 1-11 ftp file system management commands 2-12 ftp client source file system mana...

  • Page 1538

    Command manual – appendix h3c s7500e series ethernet switches appendix a command index a-21 help ssh commands 1-33 history-command max-size login commands 1-11 holdtime assert multicast commands 4-30 holdtime join-prune multicast commands 4-31 host-advertise ipv4 routing commands 3-34 host-aging-tim...

  • Page 1539

    Command manual – appendix h3c s7500e series ethernet switches appendix a command index a-22 igmp require-router-alert multicast commands 3-13 igmp robust-count multicast commands 3-14 igmp send-router-alert multicast commands 3-14 igmp static-group multicast commands 3-15 igmp timer other-querier-pr...

  • Page 1540

    Command manual – appendix h3c s7500e series ethernet switches appendix a command index a-23 import-route ipv6 routing commands 5-26 import-route isis level-2 into level-1 ipv4 routing commands 4-27 import-source multicast commands 5-9 info-center channel name information center commands 1-11 info-ce...

  • Page 1541

    Command manual – appendix h3c s7500e series ethernet switches appendix a command index a-24 ip forward-broadcast (system view) ip addressing and performance commands 2-16 ip host dns commands 1-8 ip ip-prefix ipv4 routing commands 6-27 ip ipv6-prefix ipv6 routing commands 6-4 ip redirects enable ip ...

  • Page 1542

    Command manual – appendix h3c s7500e series ethernet switches appendix a command index a-25 ipv6 nd autoconfig managed-address-flag ipv6 configuration commands 1-28 ipv6 nd autoconfig other-flag ipv6 configuration commands 1-29 ipv6 nd dad attempts ipv6 configuration commands 1-29 ipv6 nd hop-limit ...

  • Page 1543

    Command manual – appendix h3c s7500e series ethernet switches appendix a command index a-26 isis timer retransmit ipv4 routing commands 4-41 is-level ipv4 routing commands 4-42 is-name ipv4 routing commands 4-43 is-name map ipv4 routing commands 4-44 isolate-user-vlan vlan commands 2-3 isolate-user-...

  • Page 1544

    Command manual – appendix h3c s7500e series ethernet switches appendix a command index a-27 log-peer-change ipv4 routing commands 3-36 log-peer-change ipv4 routing commands 4-45 log-peer-change ipv4 routing commands 5-34 log-peer-change ipv6 routing commands 3-27 loopback port correlation configurat...

  • Page 1545

    Command manual – appendix h3c s7500e series ethernet switches appendix a command index a-28 maximum load-balancing ipv4 routing commands 2-14 maximum load-balancing ipv4 routing commands 3-39 maximum load-balancing ipv4 routing commands 4-48 maximum load-balancing ipv6 routing commands 2-10 maximum ...

  • Page 1546

    Command manual – appendix h3c s7500e series ethernet switches appendix a command index a-29 multicast longest-match multicast commands 6-15 multicast routing-enable multicast commands 6-16 multicast-suppression port correlation configuration commands 1-22 multicast-vlan enable multicast commands 2-1...

  • Page 1547

    Command manual – appendix h3c s7500e series ethernet switches appendix a command index a-30 ntp-service unicast-peer ntp commands 1-15 ntp-service unicast-server ntp commands 1-16 o open file system management commands 2-19 open ipv6 file system management commands 2-19 option dhcp commands 1-21 ori...

  • Page 1548

    Command manual – appendix h3c s7500e series ethernet switches appendix a command index a-31 password aaa radius hwtacacs commands 1-27 peer ipv4 routing commands 2-15 peer ipv4 routing commands 3-53 peer advertise-community ipv4 routing commands 5-36 peer advertise-community ipv6 routing commands 5-...

  • Page 1549

    Command manual – appendix h3c s7500e series ethernet switches appendix a command index a-32 peer ignore ipv6 routing commands 5-38 peer ip-prefix ipv4 routing commands 5-47 peer ipv6-prefix ipv6 routing commands 5-39 peer keep-all-routes ipv4 routing commands 5-48 peer keep-all-routes ipv6 routing c...

  • Page 1550

    Command manual – appendix h3c s7500e series ethernet switches appendix a command index a-33 pim bsr-boundary multicast commands 4-34 pim dm multicast commands 4-35 pim hello-option dr-priority multicast commands 4-35 pim hello-option holdtime multicast commands 4-36 pim hello-option lan-delay multic...

  • Page 1551

    Command manual – appendix h3c s7500e series ethernet switches appendix a command index a-34 poe-power output-threshold poe commands 1-37 poe-profile poe commands 1-38 port vlan commands 1-8 port access vlan vlan commands 1-9 port hybrid ip-subnet-vlan vlan vlan commands 1-23 port hybrid protocol-vla...

  • Page 1552

    Command manual – appendix h3c s7500e series ethernet switches appendix a command index a-35 protocol inbound login commands 1-16 protocol-vlan vlan commands 1-18 proxy-arp enable arp commands 2-1 public-key local create ssh commands 1-10 public-key local destroy ssh commands 1-11 public-key local ex...

  • Page 1553

    Command manual – appendix h3c s7500e series ethernet switches appendix a command index a-36 quit system maintaining and debugging commands 1-18 quit ssh commands 1-36 r radius client aaa radius hwtacacs commands 1-43 radius nas-ip aaa radius hwtacacs commands 1-44 radius scheme aaa radius hwtacacs c...

  • Page 1554

    Command manual – appendix h3c s7500e series ethernet switches appendix a command index a-37 reset acl counter acl commands 1-11 reset acl ipv6 counter acl commands 1-27 reset arp arp commands 1-6 reset bgp ipv4 routing commands 5-60 reset bgp dampening ipv4 routing commands 5-61 reset bgp flap-info ...

  • Page 1555

    Command manual – appendix h3c s7500e series ethernet switches appendix a command index a-38 reset isis all ipv4 routing commands 4-50 reset isis peer ipv4 routing commands 4-51 reset lacp statistics link aggregation commands 1-12 reset logbuffer information center commands 1-27 reset mac-authenticat...

  • Page 1556

    Command manual – appendix h3c s7500e series ethernet switches appendix a command index a-39 reset unused porttag system maintaining and debugging commands 3-20 reset vrrp ipv6 statistics ha commands 1-18 reset vrrp statistics ha commands 1-5 restore startup-configuration file system management comma...

  • Page 1557

    Command manual – appendix h3c s7500e series ethernet switches appendix a command index a-40 rmdir file system management commands 2-25 rmdir ssh commands 1-38 rmon alarm snmp-rmon commands 2-9 rmon event snmp-rmon commands 2-11 rmon history snmp-rmon commands 2-13 rmon prialarm snmp-rmon commands 2-...

  • Page 1558

    Command manual – appendix h3c s7500e series ethernet switches appendix a command index a-41 security-policy-server aaa radius hwtacacs commands 1-52 self-service-url aaa radius hwtacacs commands 1-28 send login commands 1-18 send-router-alert multicast commands 3-23 server-type aaa radius hwtacacs c...

  • Page 1559

    Command manual – appendix h3c s7500e series ethernet switches appendix a command index a-42 snmp-agent group login commands 2-2 snmp-agent group snmp-rmon commands 1-13 snmp-agent local-engineid snmp-rmon commands 1-14 snmp-agent log snmp-rmon commands 1-15 snmp-agent mib-view snmp-rmon commands 1-1...

  • Page 1560

    Command manual – appendix h3c s7500e series ethernet switches appendix a command index a-43 ssh server compatible-ssh1x enable ssh commands 1-23 ssh server enable ssh commands 1-23 ssh server rekey-interval ssh commands 1-24 ssh user ssh commands 1-25 ssh2 ssh commands 1-26 ssh2 ipv6 ssh commands 1-...

  • Page 1561

    Command manual – appendix h3c s7500e series ethernet switches appendix a command index a-44 stp compliance mstp commands 1-17 stp config-digest-snooping mstp commands 1-18 stp cost mstp commands 1-19 stp edged-port mstp commands 1-20 stp loop-protection mstp commands 1-21 stp max-hops mstp commands ...

  • Page 1562

    Command manual – appendix h3c s7500e series ethernet switches appendix a command index a-45 switch-mode (for lpu) system maintaining and debugging commands 3-26 switch-mode (for srpu) system maintaining and debugging commands 3-25 synchronization ipv4 routing commands 5-64 synchronization ipv6 routi...

  • Page 1563

    Command manual – appendix h3c s7500e series ethernet switches appendix a command index a-46 tftp-server domain-name dhcp commands 1-26 tftp-server ip-address dhcp commands 1-27 timer ipv4 routing commands 5-65 timer ipv6 routing commands 5-55 timer rrpp commands 1-14 timer hello multicast commands 4...

  • Page 1564

    Command manual – appendix h3c s7500e series ethernet switches appendix a command index a-47 undelete file system management commands 1-13 unicast-suppression port correlation configuration commands 1-30 user file system management commands 2-25 user privilege level login commands 1-29 user-bind ip s...

  • Page 1565

    Command manual – appendix h3c s7500e series ethernet switches appendix a command index a-48 vrrp ipv6 vrid virtual-ip ha commands 1-24 vrrp method ha commands 1-7 vrrp ping-enable ha commands 1-8 vrrp un-check ttl ha commands 1-8 vrrp vrid authentication-mode ha commands 1-6 vrrp vrid preempt-mode h...